{"title":"Lawry's","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"sts-cd\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's\u003c\/strong\u003e at Spices To Snacks — \u003cstrong\u003e50 products\u003c\/strong\u003e in stock across pantry staples, spices \u0026amp; seasonings, sauces \u0026amp; condiments, priced $54.24–$173.77 CAD. All Lawry's orders ship free across Canada with no minimum order, and returns are free within 30 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's appears in:\u003c\/strong\u003e \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/pantry-staples\"\u003ePantry Staples\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/spices-seasonings\"\u003eSpices \u0026amp; Seasonings\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/sauces-condiments\"\u003eSauces \u0026amp; Condiments\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/garlic\"\u003eGarlic Seasonings\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/gourmet-rubs\"\u003eGourmet Rubs\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExamples in this range:\u003c\/strong\u003e Lawry's Perfect Blend Chicken \u0026amp; Poultry Rub 24.5 oz Pack of 6 — savory herb blend for grilling; Lawry's Coarse Grind Garlic Powder with Parsley, 24 oz — Salt-Free, Flip-Top Jar; Lawry's Garlic Spread tubs 6 oz (Pack of 6) – ready-to-use buttery garlic topping for bread \u0026amp;.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-brands\"\u003eBrowse all brands\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/pages\/all-categories\"\u003eBrowse all categories\u003c\/a\u003e · \u003ca href=\"\/collections\/best-sellers\"\u003eBest sellers\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"lawrys-perfect-blend-chicken-poultry-rub-24-5-oz-pack-of-6-savory-herb-blend-for-grilling-roasting","title":"Lawry's Perfect Blend Chicken \u0026 Poultry Rub 24.5 oz Pack of 6 — savory herb blend for grilling \u0026 roasting","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Perfect Blend Chicken \u0026amp; Poultry Rub is a ready-to-use mix of herbs and spices designed to season large batches of chicken and poultry for grilling, roasting, broiling, or baking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're feeding a family, running a small catering service, or stocking a commercial kitchen, this 24.5-ounce container (pack of 6) delivers a consistent, savory profile built from garlic, rosemary, sea salt, onion, paprika, thyme, parsley and other natural flavors. The formula is meant to make weekday dinners easier and scale up for entertaining—use it as a dry rub, a marinade base when mixed with oil, or blended into ground meats for robust burgers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this rub for a simple whole roasted chicken?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCoat a 3-pound whole chicken with oil, then rub 2 tablespoons of Lawry's Perfect Blend evenly over the skin and cavity. Roast at 375°F for about 1 to 1½ hours until an internal temperature indicates doneness; rest then carve.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrush chicken with oil first to help the rub adhere and crisp the skin\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse about 2 tablespoons of rub per 3-pound bird\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoast at 375°F for roughly 60–90 minutes depending on oven and size\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAllow resting for even juices before serving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this blend with other proteins or recipes beyond chicken?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The mix complements other poultry, pork, and even beef—especially ground beef for bold burgers. It also works well tossed with vegetables or stirred into sauces to add a savory-herb accent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into ground beef for fuller-flavored burgers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on pork chops or turkey before grilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToss with potatoes or root vegetables before roasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with oil for a quick marinade or basting sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are practicality and storage tips for a foodservice-sized container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 24.5-oz jar is sized for frequent use and feeding larger groups. Store in a cool, dry place away from sunlight to preserve flavor; reseal the lid tightly after each use and use within the manufacturer’s recommended timeframe for peak freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep container sealed and dry to maintain spice potency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel opened date if used in a commercial kitchen for rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse clean, dry utensils to prevent moisture contamination\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePurchase the 6-pack to maintain an on-hand supply for high-volume cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I adapt the recipes for larger or smaller batches?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eScale the rub proportionally: use roughly 2 tablespoons per 3-pound chicken as a baseline, then multiply or divide to match the weight you're cooking. For marinades, maintain a 1:1 ratio of rub to oil as a starting point and adjust by taste and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBaseline: 2 tablespoons rub per 3-pound chicken\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor thighs and mixed pieces, estimate 1–1½ tablespoons per pound\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix 2 tbsp rub with 2 tbsp oil to coat about 2 pounds of protein or vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTaste and increase gradually when seasoning unfamiliar recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lawry's Perfect Blend Chicken \u0026amp; Poultry Rub (24.5 oz, pack of 6) is ideal for home cooks who entertain often, caterers and small restaurants that need a reliable, all-purpose poultry seasoning, and anyone who prefers a well-balanced herbal-spice profile ready for quick application. It suits cooks who want a consistent flavor without blending individual spices each time, and it scales conveniently for families, events, or foodservice operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSea Salt, Modified Corn Starch, Garlic, Spices (including Black Pepper, Paprika, Rosemary, Thyme, Parsley, Celery Seed, Chili Pepper, Turmeric), Sugar, Onion, Red Bell Pepper, Yeast Extract, Chicken, Riboflavin (for Color), and Natural Flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much rub do I use per chicken?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Use about 2 tablespoons for a 3-pound whole chicken; adjust proportionally for other sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can this rub be mixed into ground meat?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—blend into ground beef for robust burgers or into other ground proteins for added flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001424334931,"sku":"B0BVRQDCZJ","price":173.77,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-label-chicken-poultry-rub.jpg?v=1787166821"},{"product_id":"lawrys-coarse-grind-garlic-powder-with-parsley-24-oz-salt-free-flip-top-jar","title":"Lawry's Coarse Grind Garlic Powder with Parsley, 24 oz — Salt-Free, Flip-Top Jar","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Coarse Grind Garlic Powder with Parsley is a salt-free, coarse-ground garlic and parsley blend in a 24-ounce flip-top container designed for consistent, chef-ready seasoning.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis ready-to-use mix pairs robust garlic flavor with flecks of dried parsley to add both aroma and visual appeal to savory dishes. Packaged for busy kitchens, the 24-ounce jar offers a practical size for home cooks and professional chefs who want a dependable, salt-free herb base that speeds up prep while maintaining a fresh, savory profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this blend change my everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding this coarse grind garlic and parsley mixture is an effortless way to lift stews, roasted vegetables and grilled proteins without altering salt levels. The parsley pieces give a burst of color and mild herbiness, while the garlic delivers a clear savory backbone that works across cuisines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into melted butter for garlic-parsley shrimp and bread dips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on pizza crusts or focaccia before baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into rubs for beef, poultry and pork\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinish soups and sauces for an aromatic garnish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes the coarse grind different from fine garlic powder?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe coarser texture creates visible herb specks and a bolder mouthfeel than fine powders, giving dishes a pronounced garlic presence and a rustic look. It holds up well to high-heat applications and provides a slightly delayed release of flavor, which is helpful when layering seasonings in long-cooked recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMore texture on finished dishes for visual appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBetter performance in grilling and roasting at high temperatures\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContributes to crust formation on breads and seared meats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to measure and blend into dry rubs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for low-sodium cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — Lawry's blend contains no added salt, so you can add garlic-forward flavor without increasing sodium. Chefs and home cooks aiming to control salt can adjust seasoning precisely while still achieving robust garlic and herb notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSalt-free formulation lets you customize salt levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUseful for dietary sodium reduction and recipe scaling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePairs well with salt substitutes or low-sodium stocks\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor helps with batch cooking and menu standardization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use the 24-ounce container in a busy kitchen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe flip-top jar fits easily in a chef's hand and on pantry shelves for rapid access during service. Keep it sealed in a cool, dry place away from direct heat; the design minimizes spills while allowing controlled sprinkling or spooning for bulk applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlip-top lid for quick, mess-free dispensing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e24-ounce size built for professional or large-home use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore away from heat and humidity for best shelf life\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a dry spoon to prevent clumping and extend freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lawry's Coarse Grind Garlic Powder with Parsley is ideal for professional kitchens, caterers and busy home cooks who want a dependable, salt-free garlic-herb seasoning that adds visual interest and savory depth. If you prepare large batches, build flavor layers, or need a consistent pre-mixed herb blend for meats, breads, pastas and sauces, this product delivers convenience and predictable taste with every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic, Sunflower Oil, and Parsley\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this product contain salt?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Lawry's Coarse Grind Garlic Powder with Parsley is salt-free so you can control sodium levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use it in high-heat cooking like grilling?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The coarse grind holds up well under high heat and is suited for grilling, roasting, and searing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001762205779,"sku":"B005D8TH3U","price":89.16,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-24oz-front-container.jpg?v=1787172223"},{"product_id":"lawrys-garlic-spread-tubs-6-oz-pack-of-6-ready-to-use-buttery-garlic-topping-for-bread-veggies","title":"Lawry's Garlic Spread tubs 6 oz (Pack of 6) – ready-to-use buttery garlic topping for bread \u0026 veggies","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Garlic Spread is a ready-to-use, buttery garlic topping that makes quick, golden garlic bread and flavorful toasts in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep a pack of six 6-ounce tubs on hand for weeknight dinners, entertaining, or easy snack upgrades. This pre-mixed garlic spread blends savory garlic with a rich, spreadable base so you can skip chopping and measuring. Use it straight from the tub on bread, rolls, vegetables, or grilled proteins to add consistent garlic flavor without extra prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use Lawry's Garlic Spread for fast garlic bread?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSpread a thin, even layer on sliced baguette, rolls, or Texas toast and bake or broil until edges are golden. The spread is formulated to brown nicely and deliver balanced garlic and buttery notes without needing extra oil or butter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpread directly from the tub; no softening required for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBake at 375–425°F for 6–10 minutes, or broil 1–3 minutes for quicker browning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd grated cheese or herbs before baking for extra flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use the spread on other foods besides bread?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes — this garlic spread works well as a flavor booster for vegetables, seafood, chicken, and sandwiches. Use it to baste grilled vegetables, melt over steamed broccoli, or spread on sandwich bread for richer sandwiches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrush on vegetables before roasting for even garlic coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMelt a spoonful over cooked fish or shrimp as a finishing sauce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with breadcrumbs as a topping for baked pasta or casseroles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and handle the tubs for best freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep unopened tubs in a cool, dry pantry; refrigerate after opening and use within the timeframe on the label. Proper refrigeration preserves texture and flavor and reduces waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore opened tubs in the refrigerator, covered, to retain freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within recommended days printed on the packaging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir before using if separation occurs, then spread as usual.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this 6-pack a good value for home cooks?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuying a six-pack ensures you always have a ready topping for meals and gatherings, and it’s cost-effective compared with single purchases. The small 6-ounce tubs are convenient for portion control, lunches, and sharing at parties without waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMultiple tubs reduce the need to restock frequently.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact sizes are ideal for meal prep and foodservice use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor across all servings simplifies recipe planning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks, busy families, and hosts who want quick, reliable garlic flavor without extra prep will appreciate Lawry's Garlic Spread. It’s also practical for restaurants, catering, and dorm cooking where simplicity and consistent results matter. If you want to upgrade bread, vegetables, or grilled foods fast, this 6-pack delivers dependable garlic taste in a convenient, ready-to-use format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e'PARTIALLY HYDROGENATED SOYBEAN AND COTTONSEED OIL, WATER, SALT, SUGAR, TAPIOCA MALTODEXTRIN, GARLIC, MONO AND DIGLYCERIDES (FOR SMOOTHNESS), PARMESAN CHEESE (CULTURED PART-SKIM COWS MILK, SALT, ENZYMES), CITRIC ACID, POTASSIUM SORBATE AND SODIUM BENZOATE (TO PROTECT QUALITY), NATURAL FLAVOR, EXTRACTIVES OF CARROT (FOR COLOR), AND NONFAT MILK SOLIDS.'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Do I need to refrigerate Lawry's Garlic Spread?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Refrigerate after opening to preserve freshness; unopened tubs can be stored in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this spread under the broiler?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — broil briefly for quick browning, watching carefully to prevent burning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001802543187,"sku":"B00IH1HDTU","price":116.93,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-garlic-spread-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787173665"},{"product_id":"lawrys-tenderizing-beef-marinade-seasoning-mix-1-06-oz-single-serve-pack-pack-of-12-fast-acting-no-msg","title":"Lawry's Tenderizing Beef Marinade seasoning mix, 1.06 oz single-serve pack (Pack of 12) — fast-acting, no MSG","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Tenderizing Beef Marinade is a savory spice blend that softens and seasons beef in minutes for juicier, more flavorful steaks.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eReady-to-use and inspired by a restaurant heritage dating back to Lawry's Prime Rib, this 1.06 oz seasoning mix combines onion, garlic, turmeric and other natural spices to both tenderize and flavor beef quickly. Mix with water (or a splash of red wine) to create a fast marinade that works on steaks, roasts or kabobs—ideal when you need great results without overnight marinating.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will Lawry's marinade tenderize my steak?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formula is designed for fast action: visible tenderizing and flavor penetration can start in as little as 15 minutes. For deeper tenderness, allow a longer soak, but you don’t need to plan a day ahead to notice improved texture and taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStandard quick method: mix with 2\/3 cup water, marinate 15 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRicher, quicker option: use 1\/3 cup water plus 1\/3 cup dry red wine for bolder flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLonger marination (1–4 hours) yields more tender results for tougher cuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors does this seasoning add to beef?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blend layers savory aromatics—onion and garlic—with warm turmeric and complementary spices to enhance beef’s natural flavors. It doesn’t mask the meat; it amplifies and balances the profile so each bite tastes seasoned and succulent.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnion and garlic bring classic savory backbone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTurmeric adds a warm, rounded note and appealing color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdditional natural seasonings create a balanced, restaurant-style finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use the mix for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePreparation is straightforward: combine the packet with the suggested liquid, coat the meat, and allow it to marinate. You can grill, broil, pan-sear, or roast after marinating—finish to your preferred doneness and rest briefly before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFollow packet: mix with 2\/3 cup water for a standard marinade.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor fuller flavor, reduce water to 1\/3 cup and add 1\/3 cup dry red wine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply evenly and refrigerate while marinating; discard excess marinade before cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this seasoning contain additives or MSG?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Tenderizing Beef Marinade emphasizes natural spices and flavors without added MSG. Its simple ingredient focus makes it an easy pantry staple to add savory results without complex preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with natural spice components like onion, garlic, and turmeric.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo MSG added, per product information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-serve packets make portioning and storage convenient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks and busy grillers who want restaurant-style beef without lengthy prep, people looking to improve texture on tougher cuts, and anyone who values a no-fuss seasoning packet from a trusted culinary brand. The pack-of-12 format suits families, small gatherings, or stocking a pantry for frequent weeknight dinners and spontaneous cookouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, Modified Corn Starch, Sugar, Caramel Color, Spices (Including Black Pepper and Turmeric), Garlic, Onion, Yeast Extract, Bromelain (Tenderizer), and Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long should I marinate beef with Lawry's mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: For noticeable tenderizing, marinate at least 15 minutes; 1–4 hours gives deeper tenderness for tougher cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use the mix without wine?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Mix with the recommended water for a simple marinade; wine is optional for richer flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46001823744083,"sku":"B01LXAXW9N","price":105.63,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-packaging-tenderizing-beef-marinade.jpg?v=1787174426"},{"product_id":"lawrys-sesame-ginger-marinade-12-oz-pack-of-6-asian-inspired-citrus-soy-toasted-sesame-marinade-for-chicken-seafood-vege","title":"Lawry's Sesame \u0026 Ginger Marinade 12 oz Pack of 6 — Asian-inspired citrus, soy \u0026 toasted sesame marinade for chicken, seafood, vege","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Sesame \u0026amp; Ginger Marinade is a ready-to-use Asian-inspired sauce that seasons and tenderizes chicken, beef, seafood, and vegetables in about 30 minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring bold, balanced Asian flavors to weeknight dinners or weekend cookouts with this 12 oz bottle sold in a convenient pack of six. The marinade blends mandarin orange juice, soy sauce, toasted sesame, fresh ginger and garlic into a versatile liquid seasoning that works with grilling, baking, or stovetop cooking. No MSG is added, and the formula is designed to color, flavor, and help deliver an easy, reliable finish on a variety of proteins and plant-based choices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use Lawry's Sesame \u0026amp; Ginger Marinade for fast meals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eMarinating is simple: coat your protein or vegetables, refrigerate for about 30 minutes, then cook by your preferred method. Short marination speeds flavor absorption without long wait times, making it practical for busy evenings. The bottle is ready to pour, so no mixing or extra ingredients are needed unless you want to add your own twist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMarinate chicken breasts, thighs, or drumsticks for 30 minutes before grilling or baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse on firm fish or shrimp for 20–30 minutes to add savory-sweet notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToss with sliced bell peppers, broccoli, or mushrooms and roast or stir-fry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePour directly into a skillet as a quick finishing glaze during cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor profile should I expect from this sesame and ginger blend?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe marinade offers a layered taste: citrus brightness from mandarin orange, the umami of soy, toasted sesame richness, and the warm bite of fresh ginger and garlic. It’s designed to enhance rather than overpower the natural flavors of the ingredient it seasons. The balance of sweet, savory, and nutty notes works well with a wide range of proteins and vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMandarin orange adds a light citrus lift\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoy sauce provides savory depth and color\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToasted sesame gives a toasty, nut-like background\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFresh ginger and garlic contribute aromatic warmth and bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this marinade for grilling, baking, or stovetop cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the formulation performs well with multiple cooking techniques. For high-heat grilling, pat excess marinade off to reduce flare-ups while keeping flavor. For oven roasting or stovetop finishes, brush or pour during the last minutes of cooking to create a glossy, flavorful coating without burning the sugars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrill: marinate 30 minutes and grill over medium heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBake: use as a marinade and baste during the last 10 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStovetop: reduce a few minutes to form a glaze\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir-fry: add near the end to maintain fresh ginger and sesame notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this marinade suitable for different diets and proteins?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Sesame \u0026amp; Ginger Marinade is versatile for many dishes and compatible with proteins and plant-based options. It contains no added MSG, and it's an easy way to introduce Asian-inspired flavor to chicken, beef, seafood, tofu, and vegetables. Always check the ingredient list on the bottle if you have specific dietary needs or restrictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood with chicken, beef, pork, and seafood\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with tofu, tempeh, and roasted vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo MSG listed in the product formulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaged as a 12 oz bottle; sold in a multipack of six\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? Lawry's Sesame \u0026amp; Ginger Marinade is aimed at home cooks who want a quick, dependable way to add consistent Asian-inspired flavor without assembling multiple condiments. It's helpful for busy families, small dinner parties, meal-prep cooks, and anyone who frequently grills or stir-fries and prefers a grab-and-go bottle to speed up weeknight cooking. If you like a citrus-ginger twist and want an easy marinade that pairs with many proteins and vegetables, this bottle is a practical pantry staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, Sugar, Distilled Vinegar, Mandarin Orange Juice, Soy Sauce (Water, Wheat, Soybeans, Salt), Salt, Modified Corn Starch, Sesame Oil, Sesame Seed, Caramel Color, Garlic, Yeast Extract, Ginger, Xanthan Gum (Thickener), Citric Acid, Potassium Sorbate and Sodium Benzoate (to Protect Quality) and Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long should I marinate meat with Lawry's Sesame \u0026amp; Ginger?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Marinate most proteins for about 30 minutes; thin seafood can marinate 20–30 minutes to avoid texture changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this marinade as a sauce while cooking?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—use during the last minutes to baste or reduce into a glaze; avoid heavy early application when grilling to prevent charring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002183569491,"sku":"B000H5MH86","price":119.67,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-sesame-ginger-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787182117"},{"product_id":"lawrys-black-pepper-seasoned-salt-shaker-5-oz-pack-of-12-cracked-pepper-garlic","title":"Lawry's Black Pepper Seasoned Salt Shaker — 5 oz Pack of 12, Cracked Pepper \u0026 Garlic","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Black Pepper Seasoned Salt is a ready-to-use blend of seasoned salt and cracked black pepper designed to add bold, savory flavor to meats, vegetables, and everyday dishes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 5 oz shaker (sold as a convenient pack of 12) combines Lawry's signature seasoned salt with natural spices—cracked black pepper, paprika, turmeric and garlic—to create an instantly usable seasoning that replaces separate salt-and-pepper jars. The mix is formulated for fast, consistent flavor whether you're finishing a plate at the table or seasoning before cooking. The shaker top makes it easy to sprinkle the blend evenly over everything from eggs to steaks, and the balanced spice profile keeps it versatile across many cuisines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this seasoning change my everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding Lawry's Black Pepper Seasoned Salt simplifies seasoning by combining savory salt with pepper and warm spices in a single sprinkle. It elevates basic dishes without extra prepping and reduces the need for multiple containers while cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eInstantly seasons meats, vegetables and starches with one convenient blend\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCracked black pepper gives a noticeable peppery bite\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaprika and turmeric add color and a subtle warmth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarlic rounds out the savory profile for broader appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich dishes benefit most from Lawry's Black Pepper Seasoned Salt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blend pairs especially well with grilled or roasted proteins, baked potatoes and quick skillet meals. Use it before cooking to form a seasoned crust, or finish dishes at the table for a flavor boost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken, pork chops and red meat—season before searing or roasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeafood and fish—lightly dust for grille or pan-fry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePotatoes, fries and casseroles—add during prep or after baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEggs, pasta and buttered noodles—sprinkle for immediate flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use and store this 5 oz shaker to keep it fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the shaker top during cooking or at the table for controlled distribution. Store in a cool, dry cupboard away from heat and moisture; keep the cap secured to preserve aroma and prevent clumping.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake directly onto food from the shaker for quick seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClose cap tightly after each use to maintain freshness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep away from steam and stovetop heat to avoid moisture exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within recommended pantry time for best flavor—rotate stock as needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this seasoning a good value for home cooks and busy kitchens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSold as a 12-pack of 5 oz shakers, this format supports family kitchens, meal prep, small foodservice, and pantry stocking. The multi-pack reduces shopping frequency and ensures you have a consistent, go-to seasoning available across cooking stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 12 shakers simplifies bulk buying and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor across meals reduces recipe guesswork\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact 5 oz size fits spice racks and kitchen drawers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVersatile for home cooks, catering, or breakroom use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want a single, dependable seasoning to add bold savory and peppery notes without juggling multiple bottles will appreciate Lawry's Black Pepper Seasoned Salt. It's ideal for busy families, weeknight cooks, and anyone who prefers quick, reliable seasoning for meats, potatoes, eggs and more. Chefs in casual foodservice settings or offices stocking a pantry will also find the 12-pack practical for frequent use and easy restocking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, Spices (Including Black Pepper, Paprika, Turmeric), Sugar, Onion, Corn Starch, Garlic, Tricalcium Phosphate (to Make Feel Flowing), Extractives of Paprika, and Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use Lawry's Black Pepper Seasoned Salt on seafood?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Lightly dust fish or shellfish before grilling or pan-frying to add savory and peppery notes without overpowering delicate flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this pack suitable for commercial kitchens?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The pack of 12 five-ounce shakers is practical for small foodservice or busy kitchens that need consistent, easy-to-use seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002192515155,"sku":"B001CAT1ZM","price":160.74,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-black-pepper-seasoned-salt-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787182402"},{"product_id":"lawrys-seasoned-coating-mix-crispy-chicken-5-oz-pack-of-8-breadcrumb-substitute-with-bold-savory-crunch","title":"Lawry's Seasoned Coating Mix Crispy Chicken – 5 oz Pack of 8, Breadcrumb Substitute with Bold Savory Crunch","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Seasoned Coating Mix, Crispy Chicken is a ready-to-use, savory breading blend that adds crunchy texture and bold seasoning to chicken, vegetables, casseroles, and more.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis seasoned coating mix combines breadcrumbs with spices like paprika, turmeric, and celery seed to bring quick flavor and crispness to everyday dishes. Packaged in convenient 5 oz units (pack of 8), it’s formulated to replace or elevate traditional breadcrumbs — useful for coating proteins, mixing into meat blends, or sprinkling over baked casseroles. The mix is built for simple preparation whether you’re baking or air-frying, saving time while delivering consistent results.\n\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this mix to get crisp chicken without frying?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can achieve a crunchy, oven-baked or air-fried coating by moistening the protein, pressing the mix onto the surface, and cooking at the recommended temperature. It adheres well to chicken and other proteins, creating a golden exterior without deep frying.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMoisten chicken with egg wash or milk for better adhesion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoat evenly and arrange on a foil-lined sheet pan for baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAir-fry at recommended time for a crisp finish with less oil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this replace breadcrumbs in meatloaf, meatballs, or burgers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the seasoned coating mix works as a flavorful breadcrumb substitute, adding texture and built-in seasoning to mixed meats. Use it to bind and flavor meatloaf, meatballs, turkey burgers, or veggie patties without needing extra spice blends.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd gradually to mix until desired firmness is reached.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduce added salt if you use the mix because it contains seasonings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with liquid (milk or egg) for a moist, cohesive mixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are quick ways to add crunch to casseroles and sides?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSprinkling the mix over casseroles or macaroni and cheese before baking gives an instant crunchy topping that browns attractively. It also works when mixed with melted butter or oil for an extra-golden finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with melted butter for a richer, crisp topping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a dry sprinkle for lighter crunch and flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop vegetables like green beans or potatoes before roasting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this coating mix suitable for vegetable-based dishes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAbsolutely — this seasoned blend enhances roasted or air-fried vegetables, turning simple sides into flavorful, crunchy bites. It adheres well to battered or moistened veggies and provides a savory complement to plant-based proteins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoat broccoli florets or green beans for crisp roasted textures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse on potato wedges or onion rings for extra crunch.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with plant-based nuggets and veggie patties too.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: Home cooks who want to speed up weeknight dinners, families seeking a flavorful breadcrumb alternative, and anyone looking to add reliable crunch and seasoning without extra prep time. Lawry’s Seasoned Coating Mix Crispy Chicken is also a smart pantry addition for cooks who rotate between oven and air-fryer techniques and those who want a single product to season, bind, and top a wide range of dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBREAD CRUMBS (BLEACHED WHEAT FLOUR, YEAST, SUGAR, SALT). BLEACHED WHEAT FLOUR, SALT, SPICES (INCLUDING PAPRIKA, CELERY SEED, TURMERIC), SUGAR ONION, SUNFLOWER OIL, GARLIC, YEAST, NATURAL FLAVOR \u0026amp; TOCOPHEROLS (ANTIOXIDANT).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this mix in an air fryer?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Moisten items, coat with the mix, and air-fry for a crispy result with less oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much mix replaces breadcrumbs in recipes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Start with a 1:1 swap, then adjust amount to reach the desired texture and moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002281447507,"sku":"B0DS964JWY","price":80.46,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-packaging-crispy-chicken.jpg?v=1787185503"},{"product_id":"lawrys-taco-seasoning-mix-22-oz-packet-medium-heat-kosher-bulk-for-up-to-25-lb-filling","title":"Lawry's Taco Seasoning Mix 22 oz Packet — Medium-Heat, Kosher Bulk for Up to 25 lb Filling","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Taco Seasoning Mix, 22 oz is a ready-to-use, medium-heat spice blend designed to season up to 25 pounds of taco filling with consistent, restaurant-style flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you run a restaurant, cater large events, or want dependable results at home, this 22-ounce packet of Lawry's Taco Seasoning delivers a balanced, savory profile built from chile pepper, paprika, cumin, oregano, onion and garlic. The premixed formula removes the need to weigh and combine individual spices, saving labor and ensuring repeatable taste across every batch. Kosher and formulated without artificial colors, flavors or added MSG, it supports clean-label menus while offering the warm, medium heat diners expect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this seasoning for quick, consistent taco filling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUsing the 22 oz packet is straightforward and built for volume cooking. Add the measured seasoning to cooked ground meat or a meat substitute, stir in water, simmer briefly, and the mix will coat your filling evenly for immediate service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse slightly less than 1 ounce of mix per pound of meat or plant-based protein.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAfter browning, drain fat, add the seasoning and 2\/3 cup water per pound, bring to a boil, then simmer 5 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrepared mix seasons up to 25 pounds of taco filling per packet—ideal for batch cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat menu items can benefit from Lawry's Taco Seasoning besides tacos?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis blend is versatile: beyond tacos and fajitas, it enhances burgers, meatloaf, roasted vegetables and sauces. Use it to add a warm, layered spice profile to dips, marinades or mixed into condiments for consistent restaurant-quality flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into ground beef, chicken, pork, fish or plant-based proteins for mains.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to mayo, sour cream or yogurt to make a quick taco-spiced sauce or dip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a rub for roasted vegetables or mixed into meatloaf and burgers for extra depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the 22-ounce bulk packet for professional kitchens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe large packet reduces prep time and waste while promoting consistency across shifts. It includes bilingual (English\/Spanish) prep instructions to speed training and reduce errors in busy back-of-house environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk sizing supports high-volume production—one packet seasons up to 25 pounds of filling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePremixed formula eliminates variability from hand-blending individual spices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBilingual prep directions streamline training and speed service during peak periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this seasoning aligned with clean-label or dietary preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Taco Seasoning Mix is kosher and formulated without artificial colors, flavors or added MSG, making it a good option for operators prioritizing transparent ingredient lists. While not a certified allergen-free product, its simple spice-forward makeup fits many menu strategies seeking familiar, bold taste without synthetic additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certification included on the product packaging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors or added MSG in the blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCheck packaging for allergen statements if sourcing for restricted-diet guests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Lawry's 22 oz Taco Seasoning Mix is aimed at restaurateurs, caterers, school foodservice and home cooks who need a dependable, flavorful and time-saving seasoning in larger quantities. If you want consistent medium-heat tacos, faster back-of-house prep, and a clean-label spice blend that adapts across meats, seafood and plant-based options, this bulk packet delivers the reliability and taste to keep customers coming back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPICES (INCLUDING PAPRIKA, CHILI PEPPER), ONION, SALT, GARLIC, POTATO FLOUR, ENRICHED WHEAT FLOUR (FLOUR, NIACIN, IRON, THIAMINE MONONITRATE, RIBOFLAVIN, FOLIC ACID), COCOA POWDER PROCESSED WITH ALKALI, CORN SYRUP SOLIDS, AND NATURAL FLAVOR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much taco filling does one 22 oz packet make?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 22 oz packet seasons up to about 25 pounds of taco filling when used at the suggested rate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lawry's Taco Seasoning free of artificial additives?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes; this blend is made without artificial colors, flavors or added MSG and is kosher certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002342461523,"sku":"B07DJZPK8P","price":67.22,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-taco-seasoning-front-packet.jpg?v=1787186818"},{"product_id":"lawrys-chipotle-cinnamon-rub-27-oz-smoky-chipotle-warm-cinnamon-sweet-heat-rub-for-pork-chicken-burgers","title":"Lawry's Chipotle Cinnamon Rub 27 oz — Smoky Chipotle \u0026 Warm Cinnamon Sweet-Heat Rub for Pork, Chicken, Burgers","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Chipotle Cinnamon Rub is a ready-to-use 27-ounce savory-sweet spice blend that layers smoky chipotle, warm cinnamon, paprika and brown sugar to add a distinctive sweet-heat crust to meats and vegetables.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 27 oz container from Lawry's brings a balanced mix of smoky heat and subtle sweetness to professional and home kitchens. Formulated to be shelf-stable and easy to apply, the rub combines chipotle chili pepper for smoky warmth, cinnamon for aromatic sweetness, paprika for color and mild peppery depth, plus brown sugar to help form a caramelized crust when searing or grilling. The formula contains no added MSG, artificial flavors, or artificial colors and is kosher-certified—qualities that simplify menu planning and broaden guest compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this rub change my cooking routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing a premixed rub reduces prep time and keeps seasoning consistent across shifts or family meals. The Chipotle Cinnamon blend is designed to adhere during dry rub applications and help form a caramelized exterior when exposed to high heat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eApply directly to proteins or vegetables—no measuring or blending required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSaves ingredient costs by replacing multiple single spices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProduces a uniform crust that enhances texture and presentation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dishes benefit most from Lawry's Chipotle Cinnamon Rub?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis rub is versatile across protein and vegetable preparations; its sweet-smoky profile pairs especially well with pork, beef, poultry and grilled vegetables. It complements braising, grilling, roasting and pan-searing techniques without overpowering delicate ingredients when used moderately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePork chops, ribs and pulled pork for a sweet-smoky finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBurgers and short ribs for added caramelized crust and depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoasted root vegetables or grilled corn to introduce warming spice notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use the 27 oz container to keep it fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo preserve aroma and color, keep the container sealed and away from heat, moisture and direct light. Use dry utensils when measuring to prevent clumping and maintain shelf life; the product is formulated to remain stable for an extended period when stored correctly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight and fluorescent light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlways use dry measuring spoons or scoops to avoid moisture contamination.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBest used before the labeled period; typical product stability supports long shelf life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this rub fit into professional kitchen workflows?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—the 27-ounce size is suitable for high-use environments where consistent seasoning and cost control matter. The bulk container reduces the need for frequent restocking and simplifies portion control for cooks and line staff.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk packaging supports quick dispensing during service.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certification and no artificial colors\/flavors ease menu labeling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps deliver consistent taste across multiple batches and cooks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Lawry's Chipotle Cinnamon Rub is aimed at chefs, caterers, restaurant kitchens and home cooks who want a dependable, bold-flavored seasoning that blends smoky heat with warm sweetness. If you need a time-saving, versatile rub that creates visual appeal and layered flavor—without mixing your own spices—this 27 oz container covers high-volume needs and everyday use alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSALT, SUGAR, BROWN SUGAR, SPICES (INCLUDING CHIPOTLE CHILI PEPPER AND CINNAMON), PAPRIKA, GARLIC, ONION, AND VINEGAR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lawry's Chipotle Cinnamon Rub gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Check the product label for allergen and ingredient specifics; formulation can vary, so verify packaging for gluten-free confirmation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much rub should I use per pound of meat?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A good starting point is 1 to 2 teaspoons per pound; adjust to taste and cooking method for desired intensity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002365988947,"sku":"B00LSYQ87G","price":67.81,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-chipotle-cinnamon-rub-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787187540"},{"product_id":"lawrys-tenderizing-beef-marinade-mix-1-06-oz-pack-of-12-dry-seasoning-no-msg-fast-15-min-tenderizing","title":"Lawry's Tenderizing Beef Marinade Mix, 1.06 oz Pack of 12 — Dry seasoning, no MSG, fast 15‑min tenderizing","description":"\u003cb\u003eLawry's Tenderizing Beef Marinade Spices \u0026amp; Seasonings Mix is a ready-to-use dry marinade that boosts flavor and tenderizes beef in as little as 15 minutes.\u003c\/b\u003e\n\nThis convenient 1.06-ounce packet (sold as a pack of 12) blends onion, garlic, turmeric and other select spices to create a savory, beef-forward marinade. Designed for home cooks who want fast, consistent results, the mix dissolves easily in water — or in part water and part dry red wine for a richer profile — and soaks into steaks, roasts or kebabs to enhance taste and texture.\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I prepare this marinade for tenderizing beef?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMixing Lawry's Tenderizing Beef Marinade is quick and flexible depending on how bold you want the flavor. For standard use, combine the packet with water; for deeper flavor and color, swap some water for dry red wine following the adjustments below.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStandard: stir packet into 2\/3 cup water until uniform.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRicher option: mix packet with 1\/3 cup water plus 1\/3 cup dry red wine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMarinate: coat meat fully and let sit for at least 15 minutes for tenderizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eScale easily for larger cuts by multiplying packet amounts proportionally.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat results can I expect after marinating for 15 minutes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEven a short 15-minute soak helps break down surface proteins while adding savory seasoning, improving chew and immediate flavor. For thicker cuts or stronger infusion, extend marinating time to your preference without overpowering the meat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNoticeably more tender exterior and enhanced umami on every bite.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced savory notes from garlic and onion with a warm turmeric undertone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFast prep makes it ideal for weeknight dinners or last-minute grilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich cuts and cooking methods work best with this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blend pairs well with most beef cuts and adapts to grilling, pan-searing, broiling or roasting. It’s formulated to complement steaks, flank, skirt, and smaller roasts or kebabs without masking the natural beef flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat on quick-cook steaks (ribeye, sirloin) for immediate enhancement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks with long-cook roasts—marinate then finish low and slow for depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExcellent for skewers and ground beef recipes that benefit from a marinade boost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this mix free from MSG and what spices are included?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Tenderizing Beef Marinade Mix contains no added MSG and relies on a selection of natural spices to build flavor. Key ingredients include onion, garlic and turmeric along with other seasonings crafted to bring out beef’s savory profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo MSG added, formulated for savory impact using natural spices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnion and garlic provide aromatic depth; turmeric adds color and warmth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeasoned to enhance beef rather than mask its natural taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\nWho is this for: Home cooks and grilling enthusiasts who want a quick, dependable way to tenderize and season beef without complex prep. It’s suited to busy households, backyard barbecues, or anyone who values bold, savory beef flavor with minimal fuss. Each 1.06-ounce packet delivers one convenient dose, and the 12-pack keeps your pantry stocked for multiple meals or gatherings.\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSALT MODIFIED FOOD STARTCH, SUGAR, CARAMEL COLOR, SPICES (INCLUDING TUMERIC), GARLIC, ONION, BROMELAIN (FROM PINEAPPLE), AUTOLYZED YEAST EXTRACT, SILICON DIOXIDE (PREVENTS CAKING), NATURAL FLAVORS\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long should I marinate beef with Lawry's Tenderizing mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Minimum 15 minutes for tenderizing; longer (up to several hours) deepens flavor without needing extra seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use wine with this marinade mix?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Replace half the water with dry red wine (1\/3 cup water + 1\/3 cup wine) for richer flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002374967379,"sku":"B000EMB026","price":98.66,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-marinaid-packet-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787187762"},{"product_id":"lawrys-pepper-supreme-seasoning-blend-21-oz-seven-pepper-mix-kosher-no-msg","title":"Lawry's Pepper Supreme Seasoning Blend 21 oz — Seven-Pepper Mix, Kosher, No MSG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Pepper Supreme Seasoning Blend is a ready-to-use, seven-pepper spice mix in a 21-ounce container that adds bright, sweet-heat and savory depth to steaks, chicken, eggs, vegetables and more.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt from a chef-inspired mix of seven peppers plus salt, onion and garlic, this kosher blend delivers balanced heat and aromatic complexity without added MSG, artificial colors or flavors. The generous 21-ounce container is sized for both busy home cooks and professional kitchens, offering a consistent, easy way to introduce pepper-forward flavor across roasts, grills, breakfast dishes and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Pepper Supreme upgrade everyday meals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's seven-pepper mix layers different pepper notes—black and white for warmth, red and chili for heat, and bell, jalapeño and capsicum for sweetness and tang—so a single shake brightens diverse dishes. It works as a finishing touch or as an ingredient in rubs, marinades and dressings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSizzle on steaks and chops before grilling for crusted, peppery flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on eggs and potatoes for an instant savory breakfast boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into sauces and gravies to deepen their pepper profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in vegetable roasts to turn side dishes into highlights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this blend different from plain ground pepper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRather than a single-note pepper, Pepper Supreme combines several pepper varieties with savory aromatics for layered depth—sweet, spicy and aromatic at once. The result is an all-purpose seasoning that adds complexity without needing to measure multiple spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeven distinct pepper varieties for nuanced heat and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdded onion and garlic for immediate savory balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors, flavors, or added MSG for clean label appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 21-ounce jar reduces refill frequency in busy kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use this 21-ounce container in a professional kitchen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe container is sized for high-volume use: keep it at a chef station, in the prep line, or by the grill for quick seasoning. Its versatile profile lets chefs standardize flavor across menu items—use measured portions for consistent rubs and house-made mixes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion into smaller shakers for table service or finishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into rubs for consistent steak and poultry seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFold into dressings and compound butter batches for menu-wide flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse in batch sauces and soups to scale pepper intensity reliably\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this blend suit simple home cooking routines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—because it replaces several spices with one jar, it saves time while delivering layered flavor. A quick shake or a measured tablespoon elevates dinners, weekend breakfasts and meal-prep vegetables without extra chopping or mixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep near the stove for fast seasoning of weeknight meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to marinades for easy, dependable flavor infusion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse on grilled vegetables and sheet-pan dinners for punchy results\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for cooks who favor bold pepper notes without complex recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lawry's Pepper Supreme Seasoning Blend is aimed at cooks who want immediate, chef-designed pepper complexity—home chefs who want bold, dependable seasoning and foodservice professionals who need a large, consistent spice that performs across steaks, poultry, eggs, vegetables, sauces and more. It’s a practical choice for anyone seeking a single, clean-label pepper blend to streamline prep and amplify flavor without extra fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPICES (INCLUDING BLACK PEPPER, WHITE PEPPER, AND RED PEPPER), SALT, GARLIC, ONION, RED AND GREEN BELL PEPPERS, CHILI PEPPER, CITRIC ACID, NATURAL FLAVOR, EXTRACTIVES OF CAPSICUM, AND JALAPENO PEPPERS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is there MSG or artificial colors in Lawry's Pepper Supreme?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. This blend contains no added MSG and no artificial colors or flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much Pepper Supreme should I use on steak?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Start with 1\/2 to 1 teaspoon per steak, then adjust to taste for desired heat and crust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002442338387,"sku":"B005D8U0V8","price":86.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-pepper-supreme-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787188839"},{"product_id":"lawrys-cracked-pepper-garlic-herb-rub-24-oz-coarse-peppery-garlic-rub-kosher-no-msg","title":"Lawry's Cracked Pepper, Garlic \u0026 Herb Rub 24 oz — Coarse Peppery Garlic Rub, Kosher, No MSG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Cracked Pepper, Garlic \u0026amp; Herb Rub is a ready-to-use 24‑ounce savory blend that delivers a bold peppery, garlicky crust and helps retain moisture on beef, pork, poultry and more.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis professional-style seasoning combines cracked red and black pepper, garlic, brown sugar and herbs to create a sweet‑and‑spicy profile that finishes foods with an appetizing texture and robust taste. Packaged in a convenient 24 oz container with a split lid for shaking or spooning, it’s formulated for consistent results in busy kitchens and home grills alike. Kosher certified and made without added MSG or artificial ingredients, it’s versatile for rubs, marinades, toppings and finishing touches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this rub change my grilled steaks and roasts?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe coarse cracked pepper and brown sugar create a caramelized, peppery crust that enhances Maillard browning and locks in juices. Garlic and herbs contribute aromatic layers without overpowering the natural meat flavor, producing a balanced savory finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreates a textured, visually appealing crust on seared or roasted meats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHelps retain moisture for juicier steaks and roasts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well as a dry rub before grilling or as a finishing seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it beyond beef and pork?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the blend’s garlic and pepper backbone pairs well with poultry, seafood, vegetables and even some breakfast items. Use it as a seasoning for roasted vegetables, sprinkle over eggs or apply to chicken before smoking for a flavorful outcome.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason chicken or turkey before smoking or roasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on roasted root vegetables or stir‑fried greens for a savory lift\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTry on breakfast sandwiches, bacon, or mixed into burger blends\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I apply the rub for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFor immediate flavor, shake or spoon the rub onto proteins and cook right away; for deeper penetration, coat the protein and refrigerate for at least an hour. The split lid lets you control portioning for coarse crusts or lighter seasoning, depending on your recipe.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake or spoon on just before cooking for a textured crust\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate 1+ hour for more deeply infused flavor in thicker cuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with oil or sauces for marinades, or with rosemary for roast applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this seasoning simplify prep in a professional kitchen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the premixed 24‑ounce container reduces the need to measure multiple spices and ensures reproducible taste across shifts. It’s sized for back‑of‑house use and designed for fast portion control, saving time during high volume service.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent flavor blend removes need for on‑the‑fly mixing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSplit lid supports quick seasoning or measured spooning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge format reduces waste and refills, ideal for busy kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lawry’s Cracked Pepper, Garlic \u0026amp; Herb Rub is intended for home cooks, caterers and foodservice professionals who want a dependable, bold seasoning that speeds prep and delivers restaurant-style results. If you BBQ often, manage a busy kitchen, or simply want one jar to handle everything from steaks to vegetables, this 24 oz container gives plenty of seasoning with consistent performance and a robust garlic‑pepper profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSALT, SPICES (INCLUDING BLACK PEPPER AND RED PEPPER), GARLIC, BROWN SUGAR, ONION, PAPRIKA, RED BELL PEPPER \u0026amp; NATURAL FLAVOR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this rub gluten-free and kosher?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The product is kosher and contains no added MSG; check packaging for gluten statements if you have strict gluten requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long can I leave the rub on meat before cooking?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: You can cook immediately or refrigerate for an hour or more; longer rests deepen flavor but avoid overly long cures for delicate proteins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002513870931,"sku":"B00LSYVMLI","price":91.55,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-label-24oz-container.jpg?v=1787189689"},{"product_id":"lawrys-seasoned-pepper-2-25-oz-6-pack-coarse-blend-with-red-bell-pepper-no-msg","title":"Lawry's Seasoned Pepper 2.25 oz (6-Pack) — Coarse Blend with Red Bell Pepper, No MSG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Seasoned Pepper is a coarse, colorful blend of black pepper, red bell peppers and natural spices designed to boost flavor and visual appeal on eggs, meats, vegetables and more.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 2.25 oz jar (sold in a convenient 6-pack) offers a ready-to-use seasoning that delivers bolder taste and a brighter look than plain ground pepper. The coarse grind gives textured heat and a subtle crunch, while the inclusion of sweet red bell pepper and natural spices rounds out the flavor profile so it complements proteins, potatoes and veggies without masking them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will Lawry's Seasoned Pepper change everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blend adds both spice and color, making simple dishes taste and look more finished. It’s designed to be a one-sprinkle upgrade—no need to mix other spices unless you want to build more complexity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoarse grind adds texture and perceptible pepper bite.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRed bell pepper flakes introduce sweet, visual contrast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural spices provide depth without overpowering main ingredients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady to use straight from the jar for quick seasoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhere does this seasoning work best in my kitchen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Seasoned Pepper is versatile across many cooking situations: sprinkle before cooking for infused crust, add during cooking to build flavor, or finish dishes for color and aromatic lift. It pairs especially well with breakfast eggs, grilled meats, roasted vegetables and pan-seared fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEggs: before or after cooking for immediate flavor and color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMeats: rub into steaks, chicken, or pork for a seasoned crust.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetables \u0026amp; potatoes: toss before roasting to enhance caramelization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeafood: sprinkle lightly for balanced peppery notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this blend different from plain black pepper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike single-note ground pepper, this blend mixes coarse black pepper with red bell pepper and complementary spices, giving a fuller taste and a visual pop. It contains no MSG and is intended to heighten flavor without adding artificial enhancers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMulti-ingredient profile for layered flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoarse texture provides mouthfeel and more pronounced heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRed bell pepper adds sweetness and color contrast.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo MSG included—cleaner ingredient list.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use the 2.25 oz jars for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep jars in a cool, dry place away from direct heat to preserve aroma and crunch. Use within a reasonable period after opening for peak flavor; the compact 2.25 oz size is ideal for active kitchens or for rotating frequently used spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cabinet or pantry away from stovetop heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake over foods near end of cooking for freshest aroma.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse multiple jars across the kitchen for convenience.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks, breakfast lovers, and busy chefs who want a simple, reliable way to add both flavor and visual interest to everyday meals. Whether you’re seasoning eggs, finishing a steak, or boosting roasted vegetables, Lawry's Seasoned Pepper offers a quick upgrade—especially useful for those who prefer a coarser grind and a more colorful plate without extra effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpices (Including Black Pepper, Paprika), Red Bell Pepper, and Sugar.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is there MSG in Lawry's Seasoned Pepper?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, this blend contains no MSG.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use it on eggs and vegetables?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes, it’s great on eggs, potatoes, vegetables, meats and fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46002805538899,"sku":"B0DBN6CTVM","price":96.18,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-seasoned-pepper-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787195244"},{"product_id":"lawrys-garlic-pepper-seasoning-coarse-grind-22-oz-crunchy-garlic-red-bell","title":"Lawry's Garlic Pepper Seasoning Coarse Grind, 22 oz — Crunchy Garlic \u0026 Red Bell","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Coarse Grind Garlic Pepper with Red Bell \u0026amp; Black Pepper is a 22-ounce coarse seasoning blend that adds textured garlic, bright red bell pepper, and bold black pepper to meats, seafood, salads and vegetables.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis coarse-grind garlic pepper mix pairs robust garlic pieces with mild red bell pepper and cracked black pepper for a lively, adaptable seasoning. Formulated for professional kitchens but easy for home cooks to use, the 22-ounce container supplies plenty of product for repeated use and features a flip-top locking lid to help preserve freshness. The blend includes onion, parsley, brown sugar and select spices for balance and is made without added MSG or artificial colors and flavors; it’s also kosher-certified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this seasoning change my cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncorporating Lawry's coarse garlic pepper brightens savory dishes with a mix of crunchy garlic bits and peppery heat. It contributes texture and layered flavor quickly—no chopping required—so you can finish dishes with a seasoned punch at service time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdds crunchy garlic and bell pepper notes without extra prep\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDelivers balanced heat from coarse black pepper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhances crusts and rubs on proteins when seared or grilled\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as an instant finishing seasoning for vegetables and salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dishes benefit most from this garlic pepper blend?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blend is versatile across proteins, vegetables and composed dishes. Use it as a rub for steak, pork or chicken, sprinkle on seafood before grilling, or mix into warm mashed potatoes and casseroles for added depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBeef and pork: robust enough to stand up to rich flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken and seafood: brightens mild proteins without overpowering them\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetables and salads: adds savory crunch and color\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrepared foods: stir into dressings, sauces or compound butters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow is the 22 oz container designed for storage and use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe bulk 22-ounce jar is sized for frequent use in busy kitchens while still manageable for pantry storage. A flip-top lid with a lock helps limit air exposure, keeping the coarse grind’s texture and aromatics fresher between uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge-format jar reduces the need for frequent repurchasing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlip-top locking lid preserves freshness and prevents spills\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoarse grind delivers visible pieces for texture and visual appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClear labeling makes it easy to identify in professional pantries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there any dietary or ingredient notes I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Coarse Grind Garlic Pepper is crafted without added MSG and contains no artificial colors or flavors, making it an ingredient-friendly choice for many menus. It also carries kosher certification, which supports diverse dietary requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors or flavors from artificial sources\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains salt and natural spice components—check label for allergy concerns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Chefs, caterers and home cooks who want a time-saving, high-impact seasoning will appreciate this 22-ounce jar. It’s ideal for busy back-of-house environments that need consistent, restaurant-caliber flavor and for home cooks who want to finish plates with a textured garlic-pepper punch. Stock it for rubs, finishes and pantry-ready seasoning to lift everyday proteins, vegetables and prepared dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic, Black Pepper, Salt, Brown Sugar, Onion, Red Bell Peppers, Parsley, and Garlic Oil.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this on fish and seafood?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The blend’s bright garlic and mild red bell pepper complement fish and shellfish without overpowering delicate flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the product contain MSG or artificial colors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. This seasoning is made without added MSG and contains no artificial colors or flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003164414035,"sku":"B005D8TGTA","price":91.52,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-coarse-grind-garlic-pepper-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787207299"},{"product_id":"lawrys-roasted-garlic-seasoning-24-5-oz-low-sodium-container-with-sea-salt-herbs-shaker-top-for-meats-vegetables-and-sauces","title":"Lawry's Roasted Garlic Seasoning — 24.5 oz low-sodium container with sea salt \u0026 herbs, shaker top for meats, vegetables and sauces","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Roasted Garlic Seasoning with a Touch of Sea Salt is a low-sodium, chef-ready 24.5 oz blend that brings smoky roasted garlic and savory herb notes to meats, vegetables, sauces, and marinades.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis generous 24.5-ounce container pairs slow-roasted garlic flavor with a light sea-salt finish and a blend of herbs and spices, built for both home cooks and professional kitchens. The pre-mixed formula saves prep time while giving dishes a consistent, layered taste profile that complements steaks, poultry, seafood, pastas and vegetable dishes. The packaging includes both a shaker top for quick use and a wide opening for measuring larger quantities when scaling recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this seasoning change my weeknight dinners?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAdding Lawry's Roasted Garlic Seasoning transforms simple meals with a concentrated roasted-garlic backbone, bright herb accents, and a subtle sea-salt lift. It’s designed to be sprinkled directly on proteins or stirred into sauces for immediate flavor impact without extra steps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a light dusting on grilled or pan-seared steaks to add smoky garlic depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into marinades for chicken or fish to reduce reliance on extra salt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into pasta sauces or sautéed vegetables for quick dinner upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this blend suitable for professional kitchens and bulk use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 24.5 oz container supplies enough seasoning to meet the demands of busy restaurants, catering, or batch cooking while maintaining consistent flavor across servings. The dual-opening lid lets chefs sprinkle in small amounts or scoop out larger measures, speeding service and reducing waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge format container supports high-volume cooking and menu flexibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-mixed spices ensure uniform taste for repeatable menu items.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable packaging with shaker and wide-mouth access for efficient use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this seasoning appropriate for low-sodium or restricted diets?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFormulated as a low-sodium option, this seasoning offers robust roasted garlic and herb flavors while keeping added salt minimal. It’s also labeled kosher and vegan, with no added MSG, making it a versatile choice for many dietary preferences and requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLow-sodium blend provides noticeable flavor without excessive salt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher and vegan certification broadens suitability for varied menus.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG for guests avoiding that ingredient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this seasoning beyond meats and main dishes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond proteins, the seasoning enhances snacks, dips, and vegetable-forward dishes, offering quick ways to introduce savory complexity. Mix into hummus, sprinkle on roasted potatoes, or combine with olive oil as a dipping or finishing sprinkle for breads and baked goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on roasted or air-fried vegetables for a garlicky finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into yogurt or oil-based dips for spreadable flavor boosters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason seafood or grain bowls to add smoky-herb layers without extra salt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Lawry's Roasted Garlic Seasoning is ideal for home cooks who want to boost flavor quickly, professional chefs and caterers needing a reliable bulk seasoning, and anyone following low-sodium, kosher, or vegan diets who still wants bold, roasted-garlic tastes. If you want a single, multi-purpose seasoning that gives consistent, savory results across proteins, vegetables, and sauces—without reaching for multiple spice jars—this 24.5 oz blend is made to be your go-to.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYELLOW CORN MEAL, SUGAR, GARLIC, SEA SALT, SPICES (INCLUDING MUSTARD, BASIL AND OREGANO), CARROT, ROASTED GARLIC, PAPRIKA \u0026amp; NATURAL FLAVOR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this seasoning low sodium?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — it’s formulated as a low-sodium blend to deliver flavor with less added salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the container have both shaker and pour openings?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — the packaging includes a shaker top for sprinkling and a wide opening for measuring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003202588755,"sku":"B07DJX65VJ","price":60.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-roasted-garlic-front-container.jpg?v=1787208407"},{"product_id":"lawrys-fry-seasoning-shaker-5-36-oz-savory-seasoned-salt-blend-for-fries-roasted-veggies","title":"Lawry's Fry Seasoning shaker 5.36 oz — savory seasoned-salt blend for fries \u0026 roasted veggies","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Fry Seasoning, 5.36 oz, is a savory, all-purpose blend crafted to finish fries, roasted vegetables, and snacks with a distinctive seasoned-salt flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring restaurant-style seasoning to home cooking with this compact 5.36 oz shaker of Lawry's Fry Seasoning. Designed to deliver a balanced mix of salt, spices, and umami-enhancing flavors, this blend sprinkles on an immediate hit of savory taste without complicated prep. Keep it on the countertop for fries, tater tots, potato wedges, popcorn, and quick pan-roasted sides—wherever you want a familiar, seasoned crunch.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat does Lawry's Fry Seasoning taste like on fries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOn hot fries the seasoning gives a crisp, savory finish with a noticeable salted backbone and warm spice notes. It enhances potato texture without masking the natural potato flavor, creating the sought-after seasoned-fry profile many associate with fast-casual restaurants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced salted base for immediate savory impact\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm spice accents that complement fried crispness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhances potato flavor rather than overpowering it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use it beyond french fries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis seasoning is versatile: shake it on roasted vegetables, popcorn, grilled meats, or mix into breading for a seasoned crust. It’s also useful as a finishing touch to baked potatoes and scrambled eggs when you want quick, reliable flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on roasted veggies or air-fryer sides for instant seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with panko or flour for a seasoned coating on chicken or fish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a popcorn topper or savory snack seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much should I use to get the best result?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart with a light dusting and adjust to taste; 1\/4 to 1\/2 teaspoon per serving of fries is a good rule-of-thumb. Because the 5.36 oz shaker delivers concentrated seasoning, add gradually to avoid oversalting and shake evenly for consistent coverage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStart light—about 1\/4 teaspoon per serving—then taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake while fries are hot so the granules adhere better\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse a few extra shakes for thicker-cut fries or wedges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the 5.36 oz size work for home kitchens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 5.36 oz shaker is sized for countertop convenience and weekly use without taking up much cabinet space. It’s a practical single-bottle option for households that season regularly but don’t need bulk-sized containers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact shaker fits on spice racks or counters\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnough seasoning for multiple meals without rapid restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortable for picnics, parties, or shared kitchen use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lawry's Fry Seasoning, 5.36 oz, suits home cooks, busy families, and snack lovers who want an effortless way to add consistent, savory flavor. It’s ideal for anyone seeking a no-fuss finishing seasoning that performs on fries, snacks, and simple weeknight dishes—particularly people who appreciate familiar, classic seasoned-salt taste without measuring or mixing spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSALT, SUGAR, ONION, CHEDDAR CHEESE (MILK, CHEESE CULTURES, SALT, ENZYMES), GARLIC, SPICES (INCLUDING CELERY SEED, TURMERIC), NATURAL FLAVOR, DEXTROSE, CITRIC ACID, HIGH OLEIC SUNFLOWER OIL \u0026amp; EXTRACTIVES OF PAPRIKA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lawry's Fry Seasoning good for vegetables?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It seasons roasted or air-fried vegetables well—use a light sprinkle and adjust to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does the 5.36 oz shaker last?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Depends on use; for a family using it weekly on fries and snacks, several weeks to a few months.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003564314707,"sku":"B0F9VQT3FQ","price":61.07,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-fry-seasoning-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787213189"},{"product_id":"lawrys-salt-free-17-seasoning-10-oz-all-purpose-blend-with-toasted-sesame-turmeric-no-added-sodium","title":"Lawry's Salt-Free 17 Seasoning — 10 oz all-purpose blend with toasted sesame \u0026 turmeric, no added sodium","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Salt-Free 17 Seasoning is a ready-to-use, salt-free blend of 17 herbs, spices and vegetables that adds bold, layered flavor to poultry, seafood, beef and vegetables without added sodium.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're trimming sodium for health reasons or simply want to control salt on the plate, this 10-ounce container delivers a consistent, chef-formulated mix so you can skip the shaker and still enjoy bright, balanced seasoning. The formula combines toasted sesame seeds, turmeric, basil, red bell pepper and other complementary ingredients to create an aroma-forward profile that works across cuisines. The sturdy bottle with a flip-top lid offers two dispensing options for precision or a light finish, making it practical for both home cooks and busy professional kitchens.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this seasoning change my everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blend replaces added salt with complex spice and herb layers so dishes taste complete without extra sodium. Use it as an all-purpose seasoning during cooking or as a finishing sprinkle to enhance aroma and visual appeal.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason poultry, fish, beef, vegetables and pasta for balanced flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-mixed blend eliminates need to combine multiple spices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlip-top lid provides controlled dispensing for recipes or garnishing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan chefs and foodservice teams rely on this in large-batch cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the 10-ounce container is sized for frequent use and the blend is designed with foodservice needs in mind. It delivers consistent results across large volumes and cuts prep time by removing the need to measure out multiple individual spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUniform flavor across batches for predictable plating\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTime-saving pre-mix simplifies back-of-house seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG or artificial colors, suitable for varied menus\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and ingredients create the taste profile?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning balances nutty, herbal and mildly sweet notes to create a versatile profile that complements many proteins and vegetables. Key ingredients—like toasted sesame seeds, turmeric, basil and red bell pepper—contribute aroma, color and texture without relying on salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToasted sesame seeds add gentle nuttiness and visual interest\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTurmeric provides warm color and subtle earthiness\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBasil and red bell pepper give herbal brightness and mild sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use Lawry's Salt-Free 17 to get the best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply it early in cooking for an infused background flavor or sprinkle at the end for a brighter finish and texture. Because it's salt-free, taste as you go and adjust seasoning levels with other no-salt ingredients like citrus, vinegars or herbs to suit your palate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRub on chicken or beef before roasting or grilling for even coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into sauces, soups or pasta while simmering to layer flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinish seafood and salads with a light sprinkle for aroma and color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lawry's Salt-Free 17 is intended for home cooks, professional kitchens and anyone managing sodium intake who still wants big, rounded flavor. It's especially useful for diet-conscious households, catering operations, cafeterias and restaurateurs seeking a reliable, ready-made seasoning that works across a wide range of recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFeatures include high-quality herbs and spices, a salt-free formulation with no added MSG or artificial colors, and a practical flip-top bottle for precise use.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPICES (INCLUDING BLACK PEPPER, CELERY SEED, TURMERIC), GARLIC, ONION, CARROT, CITRIC ACID, TOASTED SESAME SEED, ORANGE PEEL, RED BELL PEPPER, CORN STARCH, AND LEMON PEEL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lawry's Salt-Free 17 suitable for low-sodium diets?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It contains no added salt or MSG and is formulated to add flavor without extra sodium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: What foods work best with this seasoning?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: It's versatile: great on poultry, seafood, beef, vegetables, pasta, and as a finishing sprinkle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003725860947,"sku":"B00FLKY2IK","price":61.63,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-17-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787214332"},{"product_id":"lawrys-seasoned-pepper-10-3-oz-seasoned-all-pepper-blend-with-red-bell-paprika-flip-top-canister","title":"Lawry's Seasoned Pepper 10.3 oz — Seasoned All-Pepper Blend with Red Bell \u0026 Paprika, Flip-Top Canister","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Seasoned Pepper is a ready-to-use 10.3 oz seasoned all-pepper blend that adds bright heat, sweet bell pepper notes, and restaurant-style depth to eggs, meats, vegetables and sauces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis pre-mixed seasoned pepper combines black peppercorns with sweet red bell pepper, paprika, sugar and complementary spices to create a colorful, full-bodied alternative to plain ground black pepper. Packaged in a 10.3-ounce flip-top can designed for kitchen use, it delivers consistent flavor and quick seasoning for both home cooks and foodservice professionals. Use it straight from the shaker to finish dishes or blend it into rubs and mixes for reliable results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor profile does this seasoned pepper deliver?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Seasoned Pepper balances pungent black pepper heat with sweet and smoky elements from red bell pepper and paprika, plus a touch of sugar for a rounded finish. The result is a versatile seasoning that brightens savory dishes without overpowering them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePepper-forward bite from cracked black peppercorns\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSweet, slightly smoky notes from red bell pepper and paprika\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle sweetness to soften sharp edges and enhance browning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent grind and blend for dependable seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use Lawry's Seasoned Pepper in everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSprinkle it over eggs, avocado toast, pan-seared fish, roasted vegetables, or grilled meats to add instant flavor and color. It works as a finishing spice, a base for rubs, or mixed into ground meat for burgers and meatballs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinish scrambled or fried eggs for immediate flavor boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason fish, chicken, pork, or beef before grilling or roasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into mashed potatoes, sauces, or gravies for complexity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with oil for a quick marinade or rub for proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes this product suitable for professional kitchens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 10.3 oz flip-top canister is sized for busy back-of-house stations and is engineered for quick, controlled dispensing. The blend was developed for consistent, restaurant-quality performance so chefs can rely on uniform flavor across large batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable canister with chef-friendly flip-top lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-mixed formula saves prep time and ensures repeatability\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher, no added MSG, no artificial colors or flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDesigned to perform across multiple menu categories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Lawry's Seasoned Pepper compare to plain black pepper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike plain black pepper, this blend adds visual appeal and layered taste—sweet bell pepper and paprika bring color and mild sweetness while the sugar rounds the finish. It’s a one-step upgrade when you want more dimension without adding several separate spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMore complex aromatics and color than straight black pepper\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEliminates the need to combine spices for many recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProvides repeatable results with every shake\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well where a touch of sweetness is desirable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want a quick way to elevate everyday meals, busy line cooks and chefs needing a dependable all-purpose pepper blend, and anyone looking to add color and balanced heat without measuring multiple spices. Lawry's Seasoned Pepper is especially useful for breakfast stations, grill lines, and prep areas where speed and consistency matter—offering a ready-made solution to deepen flavor across proteins, vegetables and sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBlack Pepper, Red Bell Peppers, Sugar, and Spices (including Paprika).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lawry's Seasoned Pepper gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The product is kosher with no added MSG; check the label for current gluten status or allergen statements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this seasoning as a rub?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — it's ideal for dry rubs and marinades, adding balanced heat, color, and a subtle sweet finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46003992461395,"sku":"B00B041CGG","price":63.43,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-canister-seasoned-pepper.jpg?v=1787215890"},{"product_id":"lawrys-spicy-buffalo-wings-seasoning-mix-21-5-oz-tub-bold-cayenne-garlic-flavor-for-wings-and-sauces","title":"Lawry's Spicy Buffalo Wings Seasoning Mix, 21.5 oz tub — bold cayenne \u0026 garlic flavor for wings and sauces","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Spicy Buffalo Wings Seasoning Mix is a ready-to-use, 21.5-ounce dry blend that delivers classic Buffalo heat and tang to wings, snacks, and sauces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis professionally blended powder combines cayenne, red pepper, paprika, onion and garlic to recreate familiar Buffalo wing flavor without the need to measure individual spices. Packaged in a large 21.5 oz tub, the mix is designed for busy home cooks and commercial kitchens who want a consistent, bold Buffalo profile that can be shaken, tossed or turned into sauce simply by adding water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and ingredients create Lawry's Buffalo profile?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning balances spicy heat with savory aromatics for a rounded Buffalo-style taste. It uses red pepper and cayenne to provide the fiery backbone while paprika, onion and garlic add depth and body.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCayenne and red pepper for upfront heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaprika for color and mild sweetness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnion and garlic notes to round out savory flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG or artificial flavors; kosher-certified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this mix on wings, fries or appetizers?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the powder as a dry rub, a toss-on finishing spice, or rehydrate it into a Buffalo-style sauce. It’s formulated to coat freshly fried or baked wings instantly and to season a wide range of fried snacks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor wings: toss hot wings with 1–2 tablespoons per pound for immediate flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTo make a sauce: whisk with warm water until desired consistency is reached.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor fries or mozzarella sticks: sprinkle after frying for even coverage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a prep rub before baking or grilling for more infused flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much product do I get and how many wings can it season?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe container holds 21.5 ounces of seasoning powder, a volume intended for high-use settings. One tub is calculated to season up to about 72 pounds of wings, making it economical for parties and foodservice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e21.5 oz tub for extended kitchen use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason up to approximately 72 lb of wings per container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge size reduces repurchasing frequency for busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-blended mix saves prep time versus combining spices yourself.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this mix fit special-diet or ingredient preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry’s spicy Buffalo mix is formulated without added MSG and without artificial flavors, and it carries kosher certification to align with various dietary preferences. As with any packaged spice blend, check the ingredient list for specific allergens before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG and no artificial flavors listed on the label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher-certified for broader dietary compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal when you want clean-label seasoning without extra additives.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlways verify the product label for current allergen statements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Lawry's Spicy Buffalo Wings Seasoning Mix is aimed at home cooks, caterers and restaurant teams who want reliable Buffalo wing flavor quickly and consistently. If you run a busy kitchen, host frequent gatherings, or simply love spicy, tangy wings and snacks, this premixed, large-format tub cuts prep time while delivering familiar Buffalo heat. It's also a good pick for anyone seeking a versatile spice blend that can be used as a dry rub, finishing seasoning, or base for homemade Buffalo sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn Maltodextrin, Salt, Citric Acid, Spices (Including Paprika, Red Pepper), Sugar, Cayenne Pepper Sauce (Cayenne Red Pepper, Distilled Vinegar, Salt, Garlic), Onion, Garlic, Yeast Extract, Modified Corn Starch, Silicon Dioxide and Calcium Silicate (to Make Free Flowing), Sunflower Oil, Caramel Color, Vinegar Solids, Extractives of Paprika, Natural Flavor \u0026amp; Extractives of Rosemary (Antioxidant).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I make Buffalo sauce from this powder?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Whisk the powder with warm water to reach desired sauce thickness and adjust to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much seasoning per pound of wings?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: A good starting point is 1–2 tablespoons per pound, then adjust for heat preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004236550227,"sku":"B01M128VIL","price":67.41,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-label-21-5oz.jpg?v=1787218132"},{"product_id":"lawrys-hawaiian-tropical-fruit-marinade-12-fl-oz-6-pack-15-minute-fruity-sweet-glaze-for-chicken-pork-seafood","title":"Lawry's Hawaiian Tropical Fruit Marinade 12 fl oz (6-pack) — 15‑Minute fruity-sweet glaze for chicken, pork \u0026 seafood","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Hawaiian with Tropical Fruit Juices Marinade is a fruity-sweet, savory 15-minute marinade made from honey, soy, ginger, pineapple, papaya and a hint of mango to enliven chicken, pork, fish and vegetables.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want an easy way to introduce bright island flavors to weeknight dinners or backyard cookouts, this ready-made marinade brings pineapple and papaya juices together with real honey, soy sauce and ginger for a balanced tropical profile. Ready to use straight from the bottle, it shortens prep time and works across multiple cooking methods—grill, bake, stir-fry or slow cook—without high fructose corn syrup or added MSG*.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow quickly will this give my meat or seafood island flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Hawaiian is designed as a short, effective wet marinade — most proteins absorb the fruity-salty notes in just 15 minutes. For deeper flavor, marinate up to a few hours in the refrigerator depending on the cut and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStandard: 15 minutes for light flavor on chicken, pork, fish and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEnhanced: 1–3 hours for thicker cuts like bone-in chicken or pork chops\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick tip: avoid very long marinating times for delicate fish to prevent texture change\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dishes can I make with this marinade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bottle is versatile: use it to marinate proteins, as a finishing glaze, or as a base for tropical-inspired salsas and slaws. It pairs especially well with grilled skewers, sheet-pan meals, and seafood preparations that benefit from a balance of sweet and savory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken \u0026amp; Vegetable Skewers: pour, marinate, and grill for charred-sweet notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTropical Slaw or Pineapple Salsa: mix in as a dressing or flavor boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSalmon, shrimp or pork: brush while cooking as a glaze for caramelized edges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use the marinade for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the bottle refrigerated after opening and use within the timeframe printed on the label for peak freshness. Use a non-reactive container for marinating and discard any marinade that has contacted raw meat unless you boil it first before using as a sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate after opening to preserve flavor and quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse glass or food-safe plastic containers for marinating\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDo not reuse marinade that contacted raw proteins unless brought to a rolling boil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lawry's Hawaiian with Tropical Fruit Juices Marinade suits busy home cooks, grillers, and anyone wanting to add tropical flair without lengthy prep. It’s ideal for families and entertainers who want consistent, crowd-pleasing sweet-and-savory results on chicken, pork, salmon, shrimp and vegetables with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003e*No added MSG except naturally occurring glutamates.\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade with honey, soy sauce, ginger, pineapple \u0026amp; papaya juices, and mango\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdds the flavor of the Hawaiian Islands to chicken, pork, salmon \u0026amp; shrimp\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGreat as a chicken marinade for grilled or sheet pan chicken recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e15-minute wet marinade for tasty meals in a flash – just pour, marinate \u0026amp; cook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks great no matter how you use it – grill, bake, stir-fry or slow cook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith natural flavors, no high fructose corn syrup and no added MSG*\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDistilled Vinegar, Sugar, Water, Pineapple Juice, Tomato Puree (Water, Tomato Paste), Papaya Juice, Salt, Modified Corn Starch, Soy Sauce (Water, Wheat, Soybeans, Salt), Mango Puree, Rice Flour, Honey, Ginger, Garlic, Wheat Starch, Green and Red Bell Peppers, Onion, Sodium Benzoate and Potassium Sorbate (to Protect Quality), Xanthan Gum (Thickener), Yeast Extract, Extractives of Paprika, and Lemon Juice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long should I marinate chicken with Lawry's Hawaiian?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Marinate for at least 15 minutes for noticeable flavor; 1–3 hours for deeper flavor. Avoid very long times for delicate fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this marinade contain high fructose corn syrup or added MSG?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No — Lawry's Hawaiian has no high fructose corn syrup and no added MSG, except naturally occurring glutamates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004258144339,"sku":"B000HZIB9A","price":84.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-hawaiian-front-label.jpg?v=1787218684"},{"product_id":"lawrys-teriyaki-with-pineapple-juice-marinade-12-fl-oz-pack-of-6-sweet-savory-no-hfcs-ready-to-use","title":"Lawry's Teriyaki with Pineapple Juice Marinade 12 fl oz Pack of 6 — Sweet-savory, No HFCS, Ready-to-Use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Teriyaki with Pineapple Juice Marinade is a ready-to-use, 12 fl oz savory-sweet marinade that brightens chicken, beef, fish and vegetables in 30 minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBright, tangy pineapple juice meets savory soy and traditional Asian-inspired seasonings in this bottled marinade from Lawry's. Developed from the brand's long history of restaurant-quality seasonings, this teriyaki blend is formulated to add quick flavor and a hint of tropical sweetness without high-fructose corn syrup or added MSG. Use it straight from the bottle to marinate proteins and produce, or brush it on while grilling or broiling for a glossy, caramelized finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long do I need to marinate foods for good flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Teriyaki with Pineapple Juice is designed to impart noticeable flavor quickly. Most cuts of chicken, fish or vegetables only need about 30 minutes to take on the marinade's sweet-savory profile; heartier cuts like steak will benefit from longer time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken breast or thighs: 30 minutes to 2 hours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFish or shrimp: 15–30 minutes to avoid over-tenderizing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGround beef (for burgers): mix and rest 10–20 minutes before cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBeef steaks or roasts: 2–8 hours depending on cut thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat cooking methods work best with this teriyaki marinade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis marinade performs well with a range of cooking techniques—grilling, broiling, baking and pan-searing all amplify its sweet and savory notes. For caramelized edges and a glossy finish, reserve some marinade to brush on during the final minutes of cooking and discard any used marinade that contacted raw meat unless you boil it first.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrill: high heat for quick caramelization and smoky flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBroil: quick, even browning in the oven’s top element.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBake: low-and-slow for tender results with frequent basting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSauté\/pan-sear: finish with a splash for a sticky glaze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this marinade for non-meat dishes or in recipes beyond grilling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—pineapple and soy combine to add depth to many recipes. Try it on grilled pineapple or vegetables, mix into ground meat for teriyaki-style burgers, or add a small amount to soups and stews for extra umami and a touch of acidity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetables: toss bell peppers, zucchini and onions before grilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFruit: brush on pineapple slices for a sweet-savory side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGround meats: mix into patties for juicy teriyaki burgers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoups\/stews: stir in a splash for subtle sweetness and umami.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this product for? Home cooks who want fast, reliable flavor with a recognizable brand name will appreciate Lawry's Teriyaki with Pineapple Juice. It’s suited to busy weeknights and weekend cookouts alike—anyone who wants to add a balanced sweet-tart teriyaki note to proteins, vegetables or creative recipes without mixing sauces from scratch will find this marinade useful. The pack of six 12 fl oz bottles is also convenient for households that cook frequently, for meal preppers, or for smaller foodservice operations seeking consistent flavor in an easy-to-use format.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, Pineapple Juice, Sugar, Salt, Soy Sauce (Water, Wheat, Soybeans, Salt), Red Wine Vinegar, Modified Food Starch, Caramel Color, Sherry Wine, Citric Acid, Ginger, Garlic, Vinegar, Solids, Xanthan Gum (Thickener), Potassium Sorbate and Sodium Benzoate (to Protect Quality) and Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this marinade contain high-fructose corn syrup or MSG?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, the recipe contains no high-fructose corn syrup and no added MSG; naturally occurring glutamates may be present.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use the marinade as a sauce after marinating?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Only use unused marinade as a sauce. Any marinade that touched raw meat should be boiled before serving as a sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004341964883,"sku":"B000EM8UOW","price":84.95,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-teriyaki-pineapple-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787220407"},{"product_id":"lawrys-garlic-rosemary-lemon-rub-22-oz-chef-grade-mediterranean-seasoning-no-msg","title":"Lawry's Garlic, Rosemary \u0026 Lemon Rub 22 oz — Chef-Grade Mediterranean Seasoning, No MSG","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Garlic, Rosemary \u0026amp; Lemon Rub is a ready-to-use 22-ounce Mediterranean-inspired seasoning blend that brightens chicken, seafood, pork and vegetables with garlic, rosemary and lemon.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis chef-grade rub combines aromatic rosemary and robust garlic with bright lemon zest and complementary spices to deliver consistent flavor without extra prep. Packaged in a 22 oz container, it’s designed for busy kitchens that need dependable seasoning at scale—no measuring, no mixing—just sprinkle, rub, or mix into marinades for an instant flavor lift.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this rub change my everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstead of assembling herbs and citrus components from scratch, this premixed blend speeds plating and preserves a balanced flavor profile across batches. Expect a savory-herb backbone with a citrus lift that complements many cooking methods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use 22 oz container for high-volume kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent herb-to-citrus ratio for repeatable results\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a dry rub, finishing sprinkle, or marinade base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat proteins and dishes pair best with the lemon rosemary garlic profile?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blend is versatile: it enhances poultry, pork, and seafood without overwhelming delicate textures, and it brings savory brightness to roasted or grilled vegetables. It’s also useful in compound butters, salad toppings, and roasted potatoes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken breasts, thighs, and whole birds — great before roasting or grilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFish and shellfish — sprinkle before broiling, baking, or pan-searing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetables — toss with oil and roast for aromatic sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePork chops, ribs, and roasts — complements richer meats with citrus notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use the rub to get the best flavor and texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply liberally as a dry rub before searing or roasting, or dissolve into oil or lemon juice for a quick marinade. For maximum aroma, allow protein to rest with the rub for 15–60 minutes, or use it as a finishing sprinkle after cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry rub: press onto meat, then grill or roast for crust and aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMarinade: mix with olive oil and a splash of acid for 30–120 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinishing: sprinkle on roasted vegetables or finished fish for brightness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat should I know about ingredients and sourcing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe formula emphasizes premium herbs and spices—rosemary, garlic, black pepper and red bell pepper—balanced with zesty lemon. The product is kosher-certified and formulated without added MSG or artificial colors and flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher-certified for broader menu compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG and no artificial colors or flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent texture and appearance for plated presentation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lawry’s Garlic, Rosemary \u0026amp; Lemon Rub is aimed at chefs, caterers, and home cooks who want a dependable, Mediterranean-inspired seasoning in a kitchen-ready 22-ounce format. It’s ideal for operations that need fast, consistent seasoning across large batches or for anyone who wants to add bright, herb-forward flavor to proteins and vegetables without extra prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eFeatures include vibrant citrus-herb flavor, high-quality spices, chef-minded packaging, versatile culinary uses, and feel-good ingredient choices—making it a practical pantry staple for commercial and busy home kitchens alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSALT, SPICES (INCLUDING ROSEMARY), MODIFIED CORN STARCH, GARLIC, CITRIC ACID, SUGAR, LEMON PEEL, ONION, RED BELL PEPPER, NATURAL FLAVOR, AND RIBOFLAVIN (FOR COLOR).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lawry's Garlic, Rosemary \u0026amp; Lemon Rub gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Check packaging for gluten-free labeling; the formula contains spices and herbs but review the label if gluten sensitivity is a concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this rub as a marinade?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — mix the rub with olive oil and an acid like lemon juice for a quick marinade; refrigerate 30–120 minutes for best flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004599193683,"sku":"B00KC6UDM2","price":64.74,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-label-22oz.jpg?v=1787222711"},{"product_id":"lawrys-memphis-style-barbecue-rub-25-oz-professional-dry-rub-smoky-sweet-no-added-msg","title":"Lawry's Memphis Style Barbecue Rub — 25 oz professional dry rub, smoky-sweet, no added MSG","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Memphis Style Barbecue Rub is a ready-to-use 25-ounce professional dry rub that delivers classic Memphis barbecue flavor—mild heat, smoky-sweet paprika, and mustard-forward warmth—for wings, ribs, brisket and more.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring Southern barbecue authenticity to your kitchen with a bulk-sized seasoning made for foodservice and busy home cooks who demand consistent results. This Memphis-style blend pairs chile pepper, paprika and mustard to create a balanced profile that enhances meats, plant-based proteins and salads without added MSG, artificial colors or flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this rub change my prep routine?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing a single, professional-grade rub simplifies seasoning so your team spends less time mixing and more time cooking. The 25-ounce container is designed to be portioned by shaker or spoon for quick, repeatable application across prep stations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use: no measuring or blending needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShaker-friendly container for rapid seasoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBulk size reduces reordering and keeps service flowing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor profile can diners expect from this Memphis-style mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe rub balances mild chile heat with smoky paprika and a subtle mustard tang for warmth and color. It enhances natural meat juices and creates an eye-catching crust when grilled, smoked or roasted, while staying true to a regional barbecue style.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMild, approachable heat from chile peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWarm, smoky notes from paprika and mustard.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent color and crust development on cooked proteins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich foods and menu items work best with the rub?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Memphis Style Rub is versatile enough for classic barbecue mains and creative offerings. Use it as a dry rub, a component in marinades, or sprinkled on vegetables and meat alternatives for added depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRibs, brisket, pulled pork, whole chickens and wings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMarinades and rub blends for turkey or beef cuts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkled on roasted vegetables, tofu or sheet-pan nachos.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this product meet professional kitchen needs?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFormulated with chefs in mind, the 25-ounce package gives enough volume for steady service while remaining easy to store. Its kosher formulation and lack of added MSG make it suitable for a variety of menu requirements and guest preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e25-ounce bulk container for back-of-house use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher and no added MSG, artificial flavors or colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePredictable seasoning strength for consistent plate-to-plate results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lawry's Memphis Style Barbecue Rub is built for professional chefs, caterers and serious home cooks aiming to add dependable Memphis-style BBQ flavor at scale. If you run a restaurant, food truck or host regular large gatherings, this rub gives you an efficient, chef-ready seasoning that delivers classic Southern notes without extra prep. Use it when you need fast, repeatable seasoning for proteins, plant-based options, or to elevate side dishes and appetizers with a smoky, mildly spicy finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPICES (INCLUDING CHILI PEPPER, PAPRIKA AND MUSTARD), SALT, SUGAR, TOMATO POWDER, MALTODEXTRIN, CALCIUM STEARATE, CALCIUM SILICATE, \u0026amp; SILICON DIOXIDE (ADDED TO PREVENT CAKING), CITRIC ACID, EXTRACTIVES OF PAPRIKA, AND NATURAL FLAVOR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lawry's Memphis Style Rub kosher and MSG-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The rub is kosher and made without added MSG or artificial colors and flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How should I use the rub on ribs and brisket?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Apply liberally before cooking, let rest briefly for adhesion, then smoke, roast, or grill to develop a flavorful crust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004601356371,"sku":"B00LSYSO8W","price":72.27,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-memphis-rub-front-label.jpg?v=1787222775"},{"product_id":"lawrys-taco-seasoning-mix-1-oz-pack-of-12-single-serve-taco-spice-packets-balanced-flavor","title":"Lawry's Taco Seasoning Mix 1 oz Pack of 12 — Single-Serve Taco Spice Packets, Balanced Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Taco Spices \u0026amp; Seasonings Mix is a ready-made 1 oz packet that seasons ground beef, turkey, or chicken into classic taco filling with a balanced blend of onion, garlic, paprika, cumin, oregano and chili pepper.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis pack of twelve convenient 1 oz packets brings dependable, familiar taco flavor to weeknight dinners, casual gatherings, or meal prep without the need to measure multiple spices. The seasoning includes surprising depth-builders like cocoa powder alongside savory staples, giving tacos a rounded, mildly spiced profile. Each packet seasons approximately one pound of meat for quick stovetop preparation — a reliable pantry staple for busy cooks who want consistent results every time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this seasoning simplify taco night?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's single-serve packets remove guesswork: one packet per pound of meat streamlines timing and cleanup. The blend is formulated to achieve a traditional taco taste, so you don't need to mix individual spices or adjust proportions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne 1 oz packet seasons roughly 1 lb of ground meat or poultry\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-mixed formula saves measuring and trial-and-error\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-use packets preserve freshness and reduce waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick cook time — spices added during final simmer for speedy meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat meats and dishes work best with this mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning is designed for ground beef, turkey, or chicken but is versatile enough for other uses around the kitchen. It can lift burgers, casseroles, meatloaf, and vegetarian protein blends with familiar taco spices and a hint of cocoa for deeper flavor notes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIdeal for traditional tacos with ground beef, turkey, or chicken\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat as a flavor boost for burgers, meatloaf, and enchiladas\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well stirred into beans or lentils for vegetarian tacos\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse leftover seasoned meat in salads, bowls, or nachos\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use the packet for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBrown your chosen ground meat, drain excess fat if needed, then sprinkle in the seasoning and add a small amount of water to let the flavors meld. Simmer a few minutes until the mixture thickens and coats the meat evenly — adjust water slightly for saucier or drier fillings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrown 1 lb of meat, drain if desired\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir in one 1 oz packet and 1\/4 to 1\/2 cup water\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimmer 2–4 minutes until sauce reduces to desired consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eServe in warm tortillas with toppings like guacamole and cheese\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this mix have any special flavor components?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond the expected onion, garlic, paprika and cumin, the mix contains cocoa powder that adds subtle richness and complexity without overt sweetness. That ingredient helps round out the spice blend for a more layered, restaurant-style taco flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaprika and chili pepper provide color and mild heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCumin and oregano contribute classic savory notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCocoa powder adds depth and a fuller mouthfeel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnion and garlic create immediate aromatic appeal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want quick, consistent taco seasoning in single-use packets will appreciate Lawry's Taco Spices \u0026amp; Seasonings Mix. It's suitable for families planning easy weeknight meals, hosts organizing casual taco nights, and anyone wanting a simple way to add a familiar, layered spice profile to meats, plant-based proteins, and creative recipes. The pack-of-12 format keeps multiple meals covered and is convenient for meal prep, parties, or stocking a pantry for reliable, ready-to-use taco flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpices (Including Paprika, Cumin, Oregano, Chili Pepper), Onion, Salt, Lactose (Milk), Sugar, Garlic, Enriched Wheat Flour (Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Cocoa Powder Processed with Alkali and Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many packets do I use per pound of meat?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Use one 1 oz packet for about 1 pound of ground beef, turkey, or chicken.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this seasoning for vegetarian tacos?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — stir the packet into cooked beans, lentils, or plant-based crumbles for seasoned vegetarian tacos.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004633829459,"sku":"B01M0K1JHA","price":66.43,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-taco-spices-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787223729"},{"product_id":"lawrys-salt-free-all-purpose-seasoning-blend-13-oz-salt-free-herb-garlic-flavor","title":"Lawry's Salt Free All Purpose Seasoning Blend, 13 oz — Salt-Free, Herb \u0026 Garlic Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Salt Free All Purpose Recipe Blend is a versatile, salt-free spice mix that layers savory herb and spice notes onto proteins, vegetables, sauces and dressings without adding sodium.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 13-ounce container delivers a ready-to-use, chef-focused seasoning built from premium dried herbs and spices. Designed for professional kitchens, dietitians and home cooks who need robust flavor without salt, the blend combines onion and garlic with basil, parsley, thyme, oregano, paprika, red pepper and lemon peel to create a balanced, aromatic profile. It’s free from added salt, MSG and artificial colors or flavors, which helps kitchens meet reduced-sodium requests while keeping plates exciting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this blend replace salt in everyday recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning uses concentrated aromatics—onion, garlic and citrus peel—plus savory herbs and a touch of paprika and red pepper to provide depth and brightness normally supplied by salt. Use slightly more of this blend than you would salt to achieve a similar punch without the sodium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubstitute 1¼:1 in place of plain salt when seasoning before cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to marinades to infuse proteins without extra sodium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into sauces and dressings to increase complexity and balance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle as a finishing seasoning for roast vegetables and grilled meats.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dishes benefit most from Lawry's Salt Free All Purpose Blend?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIts all-purpose formula works across a wide range of preparations: center-of-plate proteins, side vegetables, egg dishes and prepared sauces. The herbal backbone and bright lemon peel help lift both fatty and delicate foods, making it a pantry go-to for chefs and meal planners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProteins: chicken, pork, beef and firm fish before roasting or grilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetables: toss with root vegetables, squash or broccoli for roasting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEggs and breakfast: mix into omelets, scrambles or frittatas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCondiments: blend into vinaigrettes, gravy bases and pan sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use it in a professional kitchen to save time and maintain consistency?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause it’s a premixed seasoning, the 13-ounce container reduces measuring time and standardizes flavor across shifts. Keep it at the line and use it for finishing, batching sauces, or seasoning proteins prior to service to ensure consistent taste without extra salt handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePortion into prep bins for mise en place and consistent seasoning levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse directly from the shaker or blend into large sauce batches for even distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel and pair with sodium-free menu options to meet dietary needs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIncrease the scoop slightly compared with salt to reach desired intensity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Lawry's Salt Free All Purpose Recipe Blend is intended for chefs, caterers, institutional kitchens, dietitians and home cooks who need to reduce sodium without sacrificing flavor. It’s particularly useful in high-volume operations where speed, consistent seasoning and compliance with reduced-sodium requests matter. If you manage menu nutrition or simply want a dependable, salt-free seasoning that brightens proteins, vegetables and sauces, this 13-ounce container will be a practical and flavorful addition to your pantry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eONION, SPICES (INCLUDING PARSLEY, BASIL, OREGANO, THYME, AND RED PEPPER), GARLIC, LEMON PEEL, CELERY, AND PAPRIKA.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lawry's Salt Free All Purpose Blend truly sodium-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—this blend contains no added salt and lists 0 mg sodium, making it suitable for reduced-sodium diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use it exactly like table salt?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Use slightly more of this blend than you would salt; it provides flavor depth but not the same salty mineral taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46004665286739,"sku":"B07DJXQ145","price":69.28,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-salt-free-all-purpose-front-label.jpg?v=1787224443"},{"product_id":"lawrys-coarse-ground-parsley-garlic-salt-6-oz-pack-of-12-coarse-no-msg-seasoning-for-meats-vegetables","title":"Lawry's Coarse Ground Parsley Garlic Salt 6 oz (Pack of 12) — Coarse, No MSG seasoning for meats \u0026 vegetables","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Coarse Ground with Parsley Garlic Salt is a coarse, savory seasoned salt blend with garlic and parsley designed to add bold, lasting flavor to meats, vegetables, breads and dips.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 6 oz jar — sold as a convenient pack of 12 — combines coarse salt granules with dried garlic and parsley for an immediately aromatic seasoning that clings to surfaces and holds up during cooking. Formulated without added MSG, it’s meant to be a multipurpose pantry staple for everyday cooking and entertaining, giving roasted chicken, grilled steaks and simple vegetables an upgraded savory finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this seasoning change the flavor of meats?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's coarse blend enhances meats by delivering a bright garlic note, herbaceous parsley, and coarse salt crystals that create texture and surface seasoning. It’s ideal before grilling or roasting so the coarse grains and herbs form a flavorful crust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoarse salt helps create a crisp, caramelized exterior on steaks and chops\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarlic delivers an immediate savory aroma during cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParsley adds a fresh, mild herbal balance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo MSG keeps the flavor profile straightforward and pantry-friendly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use it on vegetables, breads and dips?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the coarse texture and garlic-forward profile make it a flexible finishing or mixing salt. Sprinkle on roasted vegetables before serving, rub into focaccia dough, or stir into cream cheese and sour cream for a quick savory dip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoasted vegetables: toss after cooking for added crunch and flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBreads: press into dough or dust atop focaccia before baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDips: combine with dairy bases for instant garlic-herb dip\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well as a finishing salt for simple salads and finger foods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much should I use and when should I add it?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the blend is coarse and flavorful, start with a light hand and adjust to taste. Use more for large cuts or when you want a pronounced crust; use less when mixing into sauces or dressings so saltiness remains balanced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStart with 1\/4 to 1\/2 teaspoon per serving for proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle just before or during the last stages of cooking for texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into spreads and dips a little at a time to control salt level\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place to keep herbs fragrant\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for everyday use and storage?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes. The 6 oz jars in this 12-pack are sized for frequent use and easy shelf rotation. The coarse grind tends to stay free-flowing and preserves flavor longer than finely ground salts mixed with herbs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e6 oz jar is convenient for home cooks and small kitchens\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 12 is suited for busy households, restaurants, or bulk buyers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo MSG and simple ingredients make it versatile for many recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep away from moisture to maintain coarse texture and herb quality\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks, caterers and food-service buyers seeking a ready-to-use seasoned salt that brings garlic-herb brightness and coarse texture to dishes will appreciate Lawry's Coarse Ground with Parsley Garlic Salt. It’s made for those who want a reliable, savory finishing and cooking salt without complicated ingredients, whether you’re seasoning weeknight dinners, prepping large batches for events, or adding a quick lift to appetizers and baked goods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSea Salt, Garlic, Salt, Modified Corn Starch, Sugar, Parsley, Natural Flavor and Extractives of Carrot (for Color).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does Lawry's Coarse Ground with Parsley Garlic Salt contain MSG?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, this blend is made without added MSG.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this seasoning good for grilling?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — the coarse salt and garlic produce a flavorful crust ideal for grilling meats.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005229682771,"sku":"B0025UKADA","price":96.44,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-jar.jpg?v=1787236297"},{"product_id":"lawrys-roasted-garlic-red-bell-pepper-seasoning-21-oz-monterey-style-blend-no-msg-shake-spoon-dispenser","title":"Lawry's Roasted Garlic \u0026 Red Bell Pepper Seasoning — 21 oz Monterey-Style Blend, No MSG, Shake \u0026 Spoon Dispenser","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Roasted Garlic \u0026amp; Red Bell Pepper Monterey Style Seasoning is a ready-to-use 21-ounce blend that delivers bright red bell pepper and slow-roasted garlic flavor to meats, seafood, and vegetables.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis chef-oriented seasoning pairs slow-roasted garlic with vibrant red bell pepper notes to recreate Monterey-style flavor without the need to blend spices yourself. Packaged in a practical 21-ounce container with both shake and spoon dispensers, it saves prep time and ensures consistent seasoning across batches. The formula is free of added MSG and artificial colors or flavors, making it suitable for foodservice use or busy home cooks who want dependable, bold taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this seasoning change the taste of my recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blend emphasizes caramelized garlic warmth and sweet, tangy red bell pepper, creating a rounded savory profile that enhances rather than overwhelms dishes. It adds color and mild heat while letting the primary ingredient—be it shrimp, chicken, or vegetables—stay front and center.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSlow-roasted garlic provides deep, mellow savory notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRed bell pepper adds bright color and sweet-piquant flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced seasoning works on proteins, vegetables, pasta, and sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSubtle red pepper and sugar round out the blend for versatility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the best ways to use this Monterey-style seasoning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mix is designed for flexible application: sprinkle it on finished plates, use it as a rub before cooking, or fold it into marinades, dressings, and sauces. It’s also a quick way to lift everyday recipes like pasta, grain salads, and pan-seared proteins with minimal effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRub on pork, chicken, or fish before grilling or roasting.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into marinades for shrimp, meatballs, or vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with butter for garlic peppered seafood or bread topping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinish soups, sauces, or pasta for added color and savory depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much should I use and how is it dispensed?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 21-ounce container gives you two dispensing options: a shaker side for light sprinkling and a spoon side when recipes require precise measuring. Start with a light hand—about 1\/4 to 1\/2 teaspoon per serving—and increase to taste; the blend is concentrated but forgiving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShaker side for finishing dishes and light seasoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpoon side for measured amounts in marinades and recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e21 oz size supports larger households or small commercial kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent premixed formula reduces prep time and guesswork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this seasoning fit special ingredient preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry’s crafted this Monterey-style blend with straightforward sourcing priorities: no added MSG, no artificial colors, and no artificial flavors. That makes it an easy swap for cooks who want bold restaurant-style flavor but prefer to avoid certain additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG for simpler ingredient lists.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial colors for natural-looking dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors—taste derives from roasted garlic and peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChef-grade packaging for kitchen efficiency and portion control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks, caterers, and small restaurants looking to add consistent Monterey-inspired garlic and red bell pepper flavor will appreciate this 21-ounce container. It’s ideal for anyone who wants a convenient, multi-use seasoning that speeds prep, enhances presentation with vivid color, and reliably flavors everything from skillet shrimp and fajitas to pasta salads and roasted vegetables. If you regularly prepare meals for groups or simply want a single-seasoning solution that performs like a professional blend, this Lawry’s seasoning is built for that purpose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGARLIC, RED BELL PEPPER, SALT, ROASTED GARLIC, SUGAR, RED PEPPER, NATURAL FLAVOR (MILK), AND CALCIUM SILICATE (TO MAKE FREE FLOWING).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this seasoning suitable for seafood?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The roasted garlic and red bell pepper complement shrimp, fish, and shellfish without overpowering them.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does the product contain MSG or artificial colors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Lawry's Roasted Garlic \u0026amp; Red Bell Pepper contains no added MSG and no artificial colors or flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005234171987,"sku":"B005DS9CDK","price":97.02,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-label-21oz.jpg?v=1787236352"},{"product_id":"lawrys-lemon-basil-thyme-seasoning-key-west-style-20-oz-mediterranean-herb-blend-no-artificial-flavors","title":"Lawry's Lemon, Basil \u0026 Thyme Seasoning — Key West Style 20 oz Mediterranean Herb Blend, No Artificial Flavors","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Key West Style Lemon, Basil \u0026amp; Thyme Seasoning is a ready-to-use 20‑ounce blend of lemon peel, basil, thyme and Mediterranean herbs designed to add bright, citrus-forward flavor to seafood, salads, vegetables and grilled proteins.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring a Florida Keys–inspired brightness to your kitchen without mixing individual spices. This professional-size container delivers a balanced blend of basil, thyme, rosemary, marjoram, sage and lemon peel, crafted to perform consistently in busy restaurants and at-home cooking. The seasoning is formulated without artificial flavors or added MSG, offering a convenient way to finish dishes with a clean, aromatic profile.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this seasoning change the flavor of my dishes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eExpect a light, citrus-accented herbiness that complements rather than overpowers main ingredients. Lemon peel provides zesty top notes while basil and thyme supply savory Mediterranean depth, making it ideal for fresh or grilled preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdds bright lemon lift to fish and shellfish without masking natural seafood taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eHerb blend enhances roasted and steamed vegetables with Mediterranean character\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalances well with olive oil, butter, or vinaigrettes for finishing touches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat is the best way to use this 20 oz container in a busy kitchen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe large format is made for high-volume use: pinch, sprinkle, or mix it into sauces and dressings for quick consistency. It saves prep time by eliminating grinding and measuring, so stations can season at speed while maintaining flavor control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a dry rub on chicken, pork, or beef before grilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into cooked rice or steamed vegetables for instant seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into mayonnaise or yogurt for dips, spreads, and dressings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this seasoning work with seafood and salads?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—its citrus-herb profile was formulated to pair naturally with seafood and fresh greens. The lemon accent brightens salads and light seafood dishes, while the herb mix adds savory complexity to composed plates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on grilled shrimp, scallops, or baked fish for a clean, zesty finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToss with mixed greens, tomatoes, and a simple vinaigrette for Mediterranean flair\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinish cold seafood salads or ceviche with a light dusting for extra aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this blend fit into recipes that need clean-label ingredients?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Key West seasoning is blended without artificial flavors and contains no added MSG, helping maintain a more natural ingredient list on menus. Its pre-mixed format still lets chefs control salt levels and portioning to meet dietary needs or house recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains premium Mediterranean herbs like basil, thyme, rosemary, marjoram and sage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors and no added MSG for cleaner labeling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse measured scoops to keep sodium consistent across dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Lawry's Key West Style Lemon, Basil \u0026amp; Thyme Seasoning is aimed at restaurateurs, caterers, and home cooks who want dependable, Mediterranean-style citrus-herb flavor on a larger scale. If you need a time-saving, versatile seasoning that brightens seafood, salads, vegetables, grilled proteins, and sauces—without artificial flavors or added MSG—this 20‑ounce container provides chef-ready convenience and consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVibrant lemon and herb flavor profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePremium Mediterranean herbs and lemon peel for zesty finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e20 ounces per container ideal for back-of-house use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVersatile across seafood, salads, vegetables, rice and proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlended without artificial flavors and no added MSG\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, Sugar, Lemon Peel, Spices (Including Basil, Thyme, Celery Seed, and Parsley), Garlic, Onion, Maltodextrin, Citric Acid, Extractives of Lemon, and Extractives of Turmeric (for Color).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this seasoning as a direct rub for seafood?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Sprinkle or rub onto fish and shellfish before grilling or baking for a bright lemon-herb finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this blend contain MSG or artificial flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Lawry's Key West seasoning is blended without artificial flavors and has no added MSG.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005235122259,"sku":"B005D8TL1S","price":73.72,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-key-west-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787236399"},{"product_id":"lawrys-black-pepper-seasoned-salt-2-pack-5oz-shakers-all-purpose-savory-blend-ready-to-use","title":"Lawry's Black Pepper Seasoned Salt 2-Pack 5oz Shakers — all-purpose savory blend, ready-to-use","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Black Pepper Seasoned Salt 5oz (two shaker bottles) is a ready-to-use seasoning blend that adds balanced saltiness and peppery bite to meats, vegetables, and everyday recipes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis dual-pack supplies two 5-ounce shaker bottles of Lawry's seasoned salt blended with cracked black pepper, giving you an on-hand finishing spice for quick weeknight meals or weekend grilling. The product is non-perishable and shelf-stable; check each bottle for its specific \"best by\" date. Packaging may vary slightly from images, and consumers should review nutrition facts, directions, warnings, and ingredient lists printed on the bottles before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this seasoned salt change my cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's seasoned salt combines fine-grain salt with black pepper and complementary spices to create a convenient all-purpose seasoning. It brightens flavors, provides a consistent savory base, and eliminates the need to measure multiple spices for common dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdds balanced seasoning to grilled, roasted, or pan-seared proteins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli.seasons vegetables and potatoes quickly evenly.\u003e\n  \u003cli.replaces multiple single-ingredient spices for simple repeatable results.\u003e\n\u003c\/li.replaces\u003e\u003c\/li.seasons\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat practical features do the 5 oz shaker bottles offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach bottle is sized for countertop storage and everyday use, with a shaker top that controls dispensing so you can sprinkle, season, or lightly dust without overdoing it. The compact format also makes them suitable for kitchen drawers, spice racks, or taking to a tailgate or picnic.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli.shaker lid helps manage portion control while cooking.\u003e\n  \u003cli.5-ounce size fits easily in most spice cabinets and drawers.\u003e\n  \u003cli.two bottles give you a backup or let keep one at the grill and in kitchen.\u003e\n\u003c\/li.two\u003e\u003c\/li.5-ounce\u003e\u003c\/li.shaker\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use this product safely?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the sealed bottles in a cool, dry place away from direct heat and strong odors to preserve flavor. Because this is a non-perishable food product, it keeps well past purchase when unopened; always consult the printed \"best by\" date on each bottle for guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli.read the ingredient list and nutrition facts on bottle before first use.\u003e\n  \u003cli.keep lids closed to prevent moisture clumping and flavor loss.\u003e\n  \u003cli.not an expiration date use if the aroma or appearance changes markedly.\u003e\n\u003c\/li.not\u003e\u003c\/li.keep\u003e\u003c\/li.read\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want a fast, reliable finishing seasoning will appreciate this Lawry's two-pack. It's suited for busy households, novice cooks who prefer a single go-to blend, and anyone who wants a measured supply for grilling, weeknight dinners, or gifting. Because the product is non-perishable and comes in two shakers, it also fits households that prefer to store one bottle in the pantry and one near the stove or outdoor grill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, Spices (Including Black Pepper, Paprika, Celery Seed, Turmeric), Sugar, Onion, Corn Starch, Garlic, Tricalcium Phosphate (to Make Free Flowing), Extractives of Paprika \u0026amp; Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Are these bottles sealed and shelf-stable?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Each 5oz shaker is sealed and non-perishable; check the printed \"best by\" date on the bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this on vegetables and meats?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely. The blend is designed for meats, vegetables, potatoes, and general everyday seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005332934739,"sku":"B0GKJZM8HX","price":81.07,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-packaging-shaker.jpg?v=1787237308"},{"product_id":"lawrys-sesame-ginger-marinade-12oz-bottles-3-pack-ready-to-use-asian-inspired-sauce-for-grilling-stir-fry","title":"Lawry's Sesame Ginger Marinade 12oz Bottles (3-Pack) — Ready-to-Use Asian-Inspired Sauce for Grilling \u0026 Stir-Fry","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Sesame Ginger Marinade is a ready-to-use 12oz sauce that brings savory soy, toasted sesame, and bright ginger flavors to meats, vegetables, and stir-fries.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePackaged as a convenient trio, this 12oz bottle set from Lawry's offers an easy way to add an Asian-inspired profile to weeknight dinners and grilled meals. The blend emphasizes sesame and ginger notes balanced with savory elements so you can marinate, baste, or use as a finishing sauce without extra work. It’s formulated for quick absorption and consistent flavor across proteins and vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use Lawry's Sesame Ginger Marinade for the best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse the marinade to flavor meats, seafood, tofu, or vegetables before cooking, or apply it during grilling as a glaze. For delicate proteins, shorten marinating time; for firmer cuts, let flavors develop longer. It also works as a dipping or finishing sauce when warmed gently.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMarinate chicken or pork for 30 minutes to 4 hours for pronounced flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrush on during the last 5–10 minutes of grilling to create a glossy glaze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToss with roasted vegetables or seared tofu after cooking for a quick sauce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this marinade pair well with different cooking methods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the formulation adapts to grilling, pan-searing, roasting, and broiling. Its viscosity helps it cling to foods, while the ginger brightness cuts through richer preparations. Adjust application timing depending on heat intensity to avoid burning sugars in the sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrill: apply in layers toward the end to avoid charring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePan-sear: deglaze the pan with a splash for a quick pan sauce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoast: toss vegetables lightly before roasting for even coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much marinade should I use per recipe?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTypical usage is 2–4 tablespoons per pound of protein for a noticeable flavor; increase for stronger coverage or when using as a glaze. When substituting as a stir-fry sauce, start with 1–2 tablespoons per serving and taste-adjust. A 12oz bottle provides multiple uses, and the pack of three keeps you stocked.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMarinating: 2–4 tablespoons per pound of meat or tofu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGlazing: 1–2 tablespoons per serving, brushed on during cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir-fry or dipping: 1–2 tablespoons per plate, plus seasoning to taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this come ready-to-use or need mixing?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Sesame Ginger Marinade arrives ready-to-use straight from the bottle; no additional mixing required. Shake well before opening to ensure even distribution of ingredients. Store refrigerated after opening and follow the label for shelf-life guidance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use: pour or brush directly from the bottle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake before use to blend settled ingredients for consistent flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate after opening to maintain freshness as directed on the label.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want a fast, reliable way to introduce sesame-ginger flavors into everyday meals will appreciate this pack. It’s suited for busy families, grilling enthusiasts, and anyone who likes prepping meals ahead—especially those looking for an accessible, multi-use sauce for proteins, vegetables, and simple weeknight recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e'HIGH FRUCTOSE CORN SYRUP, DISTILLED VINEGAR, MANDARIN ORANGE JUICE, SOY SAUCE (WATER, WHEAT, SOYBEAN, SALT), SALT, WATER, MODIFIED CORN STARCH, SESAME OIL, SESAME SEED, YEAST EXTRACT, GARLIC, CARAMEL COLOR, GINGER, XANTHAN GUM, NATURAL FLAVOR, AND POTASSIUM SORBATE \u0026amp; SODIUM BENZOATE (TO PROTECT QUALITY).'\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use Lawry's Sesame Ginger Marinade as a dipping sauce?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — it works well as a dipping sauce; warm slightly for best texture and flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long should I marinate chicken with this sauce?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Marinate chicken 30 minutes to 4 hours depending on desired intensity; avoid overly long times for very tender cuts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005349548115,"sku":"B00GN9O97W","price":84.98,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-sesame-ginger-front-packaging_a5b23170-d313-4530-b569-15fd538648e8.jpg?v=1787237547"},{"product_id":"lawrys-lemon-pepper-seasoning-20-5-oz-citrus-pepper-blend-in-flip-top-jar-for-vegetables-fish-poultry","title":"Lawry's Lemon Pepper Seasoning, 20.5 oz — Citrus pepper blend in flip-top jar for vegetables, fish \u0026 poultry","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Lemon Pepper Seasoning is a ready-to-use citrusy pepper blend in a 20.5-ounce flip-top jar that brightens vegetables, fish, poultry and more.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a quick, consistent way to introduce lemony brightness and peppery warmth to everyday meals, this blend combines lemon peel, black pepper, garlic and onion into one dependable seasoning. The larger 20.5 oz container suits busy home cooks and professional kitchens alike, offering easy dispensing and a long-lasting supply for frequent use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Lawry's Lemon Pepper change the flavor of simple dishes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning layers tangy lemon zest with savory garlic and onion and a bite of black pepper, transforming plain vegetables, grains and proteins into more aromatic, balanced plates. Use it before or after cooking to adjust intensity and freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdds citrus lift without extra liquid or acidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eComplements seafood, chicken and pork with bright savory notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a finishing sprinkle or a marinade component\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are practical ways to use this 20.5-ounce container in a busy kitchen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe size and flip-top lid make this jar convenient for repeated seasoning during meal prep and service. It saves time versus building blends from scratch and keeps a consistent flavor profile across batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake directly onto roasted vegetables or potatoes before baking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix with oil and vinegar for quick dressings or marinades\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend with softened butter to finish shellfish or corn on the cob\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs Lawry's Lemon Pepper suitable for professional chefs and large households?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the 20.5 oz bottle was designed for repeated use, offering a chef-friendly size that reduces refill frequency. The robust flavor and stable packaging help maintain freshness during busy service periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlip-top lid enables fast, controlled dispensing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eConsistent seasoning mix keeps taste uniform across dishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge volume lowers the need for constant restocking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and measure this seasoning to preserve quality?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the jar sealed and stored in a cool, dry, dark cabinet to protect aroma and color. Use dry spoons to prevent clumping and avoid exposing the product to heat or moisture for extended periods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eClose flip-top lid firmly after each use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore away from stovetop heat and direct sunlight\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMeasure with dry spoons to maintain consistent flavor and shelf life\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: Home cooks seeking a fast, flavorful way to add citrus and pepper notes to everyday meals, busy families and restaurant kitchens that need a dependable, large-format seasoning, and anyone who prefers a premixed blend over combining individual spices. Lawry's Lemon Pepper delivers versatile use across seafood, poultry, vegetables, salads and grain dishes without extra effort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIngredients: garlic, sugar, onion, lemon peel, citric acid, modified corn starch, salt, black pepper, natural flavor, riboflavin (color).\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuggested uses: dressings, marinades, compound butter for shellfish, finishing sprinkle on pasta, seasoning for grilled or baked proteins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBLACK PEPPER, SALT, MODIFIED CORN STARCH, CITRIC ACID, LEMON PEEL, SUGAR, GARLIC, ONION, NATURAL FLAVOR, AND RIBOFLAVIN (FOR COLOR).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use Lawry's Lemon Pepper on seafood and vegetables?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It pairs well with fish, shrimp, vegetables and grains to add citrus and peppery flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How should I store the 20.5 oz container?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Keep the jar sealed in a cool, dry, dark place and use dry measuring tools to preserve freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005352202323,"sku":"B00TC9OLRI","price":72.9,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-lemon-pepper-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787237686"},{"product_id":"lawrys-salt-free-lemon-pepper-seasoning-19-oz-no-salt-citrus-blend-resealable-jar","title":"Lawry's Salt-Free Lemon \u0026 Pepper Seasoning 19 oz — No-Salt Citrus Blend, Resealable Jar","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Salt-Free Lemon \u0026amp; Pepper Seasoning is a no-salt, citrus-forward blend that adds bright lemon and pepper flavor to dishes without sodium.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring lively citrus and pepper notes to large-batch cooking with this 19-ounce container of Lawry's salt-free lemon \u0026amp; pepper seasoning. Formulated for foodservice but handy for home kitchens, the blend combines dried lemon peel, cracked black pepper and complementary spices to create an all-purpose seasoning that replaces salt in many recipes. The resealable split lid lets you pour or spoon the amount you need, while the no-salt formula supports reduced-sodium meal planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this seasoning change my everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it anywhere you’d normally reach for salt or lemon pepper—on proteins, vegetables, snacks and sauces—to introduce citrus brightness and peppery warmth without adding sodium. The blend helps highlight natural flavors and can be mixed with oil or yogurt to create quick marinades and dressings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on grilled chicken, fish or shrimp for a fresh finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into roasted vegetables or popcorn for an instant flavor boost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend with oil to make a rub or with yogurt for a tangy sauce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients are in the blend and are there any additives?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning is crafted from spices and herbs built around lemon peel and black pepper, plus complementary components like paprika and mustard for balanced flavor. It is prepared without added salt, MSG or artificial flavors, and it is certified kosher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains lemon peel, black pepper, paprika, mustard and other herbs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added salt, no MSG, and no artificial flavors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certified for broad menu compatibility.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does the 19-ounce format work for professional or home kitchens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 19-ounce jar is sized for frequent use, simplifying bulk prep and reducing the need for constant replacement in busy settings. The container’s split lid gives chefs precise control—shake for even distribution or spoon for measured recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge volume ideal for high-turnover kitchens and catering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSplit lid allows either shaking for quick seasoning or spooning for recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-mixed formula saves prep time and ensures consistent seasoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich foods pair best with Lawry's Salt-Free Lemon \u0026amp; Pepper?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis seasoning complements a wide range of ingredients, especially proteins and vegetables that benefit from citrus lift and peppery bite. It works well as a finishing sprinkle or as part of a dry rub, and its versatility makes it useful for classic and contemporary dishes alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeafood: fish fillets, shrimp, scallops for bright, clean flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePoultry and pork: rubs and marinades that don’t rely on salt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVeggies and snacks: roasted vegetables, potatoes, popcorn, and avocado preparations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Chefs, caterers and home cooks who want to reduce sodium without sacrificing taste will value this no-salt lemon pepper option. It’s well suited for establishments managing dietary restrictions, families watching sodium intake, and anyone who enjoys citrus-forward seasoning that simplifies meal prep. Use it to create consistent, bold flavor across menus or to add a quick bright note to everyday recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPICES (INCLUDING BLACK PEPPER, MUSTARD, CELERY AND PAPRIKA), LEMON PEEL, GARLIC, ONION, SUGAR, CITRIC ACID, RED AND GREEN BELL PEPPER, NOT MORE THAN 2% SILICON DIOXIDE ADDED (AS ANTICAKING AGENT) \u0026amp; NATURAL FLAVOR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lawry's Lemon \u0026amp; Pepper seasoning completely salt-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. This Lawry's blend contains no added salt, making it suitable as a low-sodium seasoning alternative.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use it as a marinade base?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Absolutely. Mix with oil or yogurt to create quick marinades, dressings, or rubs for proteins and vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005376745555,"sku":"B00FLL04WC","price":84.6,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-label-19oz.jpg?v=1787238240"},{"product_id":"lawrys-salt-free-garlic-herb-seasoning-20-oz-garlic-rosemary-citrus-blend-no-msg","title":"Lawry's Salt-Free Garlic \u0026 Herb Seasoning 20 oz — Garlic, Rosemary \u0026 Citrus Blend, No MSG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Salt-Free Garlic \u0026amp; Herb Seasoning is a 20-ounce, salt-free spice blend of garlic, rosemary, basil, oregano and citrus designed to add bold herbaceous flavor without added salt or MSG.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 20 oz container delivers a concentrated garlic-and-herb profile created for chefs, home cooks and foodservice operations that want to boost taste while controlling sodium. The mix pairs savory garlic and warm Mediterranean herbs with a bright citrus note so dishes read as fresh and layered rather than merely salty. It’s made without added MSG, artificial flavors or colors and fits into reduced-sodium recipes, large-batch cooking and everyday seasoning tasks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does Lawry's Garlic \u0026amp; Herb Seasoning change the flavor of my dishes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning accentuates savory and herbal notes while adding a hint of brightness from citrus, making proteins and vegetables taste more complex without leaning on salt. Garlic is forward, herbs create aromatic depth, and red pepper offers a subtle lift where used.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProminent garlic backbone with aromatic oregano, rosemary and basil.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLight citrus for freshness—great with seafood and poultry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRed pepper adds a gentle warmth without heat dominance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added salt or MSG, so it enhances rather than overpowers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the best ways to use this seasoning in a commercial kitchen?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20-ounce size is designed for frequent use: finish proteins, boost vegetable sides, mix into rubs or fold into sauces and dressings. Because it’s salt-free, it’s ideal for standardized recipes and controlled-sodium menu items.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRub on chicken, pork or beef before roasting or grilling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on roasted vegetables and potatoes for a herby finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into pasta, salad dressings or compound butters for instant flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend into marinades for seafood and shellfish to highlight natural flavors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and measure the seasoning to keep it fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep the container tightly sealed in a cool, dry place away from heat and direct sunlight to protect volatile oils and color. Always use dry measuring spoons or cups to prevent moisture contamination and maintain consistent results across batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool pantry or dry storage at room temperature.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid exposure to humidity, heat and fluorescent light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse dry utensils to measure; reseal after each use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTypical shelf life when stored properly: up to two years (720 days).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this product contain allergens or artificial additives?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Salt-Free Garlic \u0026amp; Herb Seasoning is formulated without added MSG, artificial flavors or artificial colors, and it’s created to be low in sodium. Check the product label for specific ingredient details and for any allergen statements relevant to your kitchen’s needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG, no added salt and no artificial flavors or colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eIngredients include garlic, rosemary, basil, oregano, red pepper and citrus components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAlways review the current label for allergen or cross-contact information.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: chefs, caterers, institutional kitchens and flavor-conscious home cooks who need a dependable, salt-free way to add vibrant garlicky-herb flavor at scale. It’s especially useful for menu items with sodium limits, recipe standardization, or for anyone wanting layered taste without added salt or artificial additives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGARLIC, SPICES (INCLUDING OREGANO, ROSEMARY, BASIL, AND RED PEPPER), ORANGE PEEL, ONION, PAPRIKA, AND CELERY.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lawry's Garlic \u0026amp; Herb Seasoning salt-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. This 20 oz blend contains no added salt or MSG and is formulated for reduced-sodium cooking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long does the seasoning stay fresh?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Stored properly in a cool, dry place and sealed, the seasoning maintains quality up to 720 days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005377106003,"sku":"B00FLKZ0EA","price":80.39,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-packaging-20oz.jpg?v=1787238262"},{"product_id":"lawrys-burrito-seasoning-mix-12-pack-1-5-oz-packets-bold-mexican-blend-for-ground-beef-chicken-or-veg","title":"Lawry's Burrito Seasoning Mix 12-Pack, 1.5 oz Packets — Bold Mexican Blend for Ground Beef, Chicken or Veg","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Burrito Seasoning Mix is a ready-made blend of chili peppers, paprika, cumin, oregano, onion, garlic and green bell pepper that seasons meats and plant bases to make flavorful burritos in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring vibrant, restaurant-style burritos to your kitchen without hunting down individual spices. This 1.5 oz packet from Lawry's pairs a balanced medley of natural seasonings so you can quickly flavor ground beef, chicken, turkey or meat alternatives. Sold in a convenient pack of 12, it’s a practical pantry staple for weekly dinners, meal prep, or entertaining guests who love bold, classic Mexican-inspired taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use Lawry's Burrito Seasoning Mix for fast weeknight meals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUsing the mix is straightforward: brown your chosen protein, stir in the seasoning with a little water, simmer briefly, and fill tortillas. The blend is engineered to deliver layered savory, smoky and slightly spicy notes without extra measuring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrown 1 lb of ground meat or plant-based crumbles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd 1.5 oz packet and about 1\/2 cup water, simmer 4–6 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFill warm tortillas and top with cheese, beans, or salsa.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust to taste with lime, cilantro, or extra chili flakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients create its signature flavor profile?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe mix combines traditional Mexican aromatics and spices to achieve a zesty, layered taste without MSG. Chili peppers and paprika provide heat and color; cumin and oregano add earthy depth; onion, garlic and green bell pepper contribute savory freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChili peppers and paprika — warm, slightly smoky heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCumin and oregano — earthy, herbal backbone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnion and garlic powder — savory foundation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreen bell pepper — subtle vegetal brightness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan Lawry's Burrito Seasoning Mix be used beyond burritos?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes — this versatile seasoning enhances tacos, nachos, rice bowls, and stuffed peppers. It works well as a seasoning rub, mixed into sauces, or stirred into beans and vegetables for a quick flavor boost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on roasted vegetables or grill-trimmed proteins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into cooked rice or quinoa for a seasoned base.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a taco seasoning or chili starter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend with oil as a marinade for chicken or tofu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy choose the 12-pack format for my pantry?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe 12-pack offers value, consistent flavor, and convenience for families, meal planners, or anyone who cooks regularly. With multiple packets on hand you avoid last-minute spice shortages and can portion out seasoning per meal without measuring bulk spices each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEconomical multi-pack for frequent use or gatherings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSingle-use packets keep flavor fresh and shelf-stable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEasy to store in a spice drawer or pantry bin.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePerfect for meal prep, parties, or gifting food lovers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Lawry's Burrito Seasoning Mix (1.5 oz, pack of 12) suits home cooks who want dependable, bold Mexican-inspired flavor with minimal prep. It’s ideal for busy families, college students, cooks seeking consistent weeknight results, and anyone who likes to scale recipes or keep a ready-to-use seasoning for quick dinners, potlucks, or outdoor meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much seasoning per pound of meat?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Use one 1.5 oz packet per 1 lb of ground meat or meat substitute, adding about 1\/2 cup water while simmering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this mix contain MSG?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, Lawry's Burrito Seasoning Mix is made without MSG.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005385265235,"sku":"B076ZYP9P2","price":75.13,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-burrito-pack-front.jpg?v=1787238684"},{"product_id":"lawrys-spaghetti-sauce-seasoning-mix-pack-of-12-1-5-oz-sachets-italian-herb-cheddar-flavor","title":"Lawry's Spaghetti Sauce Seasoning Mix, Pack of 12 — 1.5 oz Sachets, Italian Herb \u0026 Cheddar Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Original Spaghetti Sauce Seasoning Mix is a ready-to-use blend of herbs, mushrooms, cheese and spices that helps you make a rich, homemade-style spaghetti sauce in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eSkip long ingredient lists and get consistent Italian-style flavor with this 1.5 oz mix sold in a convenient pack of 12. The formula pairs dehydrated mushrooms, onions, garlic and real cheddar with natural herbs like paprika and parsley so you can stretch tomato paste or sauce into a fuller, more complex spaghetti sauce. Use it as a base for vegetarian simmer sauces or boost meat sauces by adding ground beef, sausage or meatballs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use Lawry's Spaghetti Sauce Mix to make a quick sauce?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare a fast, flavorful sauce by combining the seasoning mix with water, oil and your choice of tomato base. Simmer briefly to rehydrate the dried vegetables and meld the spices for a ready-to-serve pasta sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix 1 packet with water and oil per jar of tomato sauce or per 2 cups of tomato paste diluted as directed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimmer 10–15 minutes for full flavor and rehydration of mushrooms and onions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd browned ground meat or pre-cooked sausage for a heartier meal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdjust salt and heat with pepper or chili flakes to taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and ingredients are packed into the mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mix layers savory and aromatic components: imported dehydrated mushrooms, onion and garlic, real cheddar for richness, plus natural herbs and spices such as paprika and parsley. The blend is designed to build depth quickly when combined with tomato.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDehydrated mushrooms and onions add umami and texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal cheddar contributes subtle savory creaminess.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePaprika and parsley bring warm, herbal notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo need to measure multiple spices—blend is pre-balanced.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize the sauce for different meals?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this mix is a flexible foundation. Use it to make vegetarian sauces, bulk up store-bought tomato sauce, or transform tomato paste into a restaurant-style sauce suitable for pasta bakes, meatballs, or lasagna.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into tomato paste for quick pan sauces or pizza topping bases.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd red wine or beef stock for deeper savory profiles when making meat sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix in cream or ricotta for a pink sauce or baked pasta dishes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as a seasoning for vegetable ragù or mushroom-forward sauces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want consistent, time-saving Italian flavor without assembling multiple spices will appreciate Lawry's Original Spaghetti Sauce Mix. It's aimed at busy families, weeknight chefs, college students, and anyone who wants to stretch pantry staples into a more complex sauce. The pack-of-12 format suits households that cook pasta regularly, meal-preppers stocking convenience ingredients, or cooks who like to keep backups for quick dinners. While it enriches both meat and vegetarian recipes, it is not a finished product—combine with a tomato base and cook as desired to suit dietary or flavor preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModified Corn Starch, Sugar, Salt, Spices (Including Paprika and Parsley), Onion, Garlic, Beet Powder (Color), Parmesan Cheese (Part Skim Milk, Cheese Cultures, Salt, Enzymes), Hydrolyzed Soy Protein, Whey, Yeast, Citric Acid \u0026amp; Buttermilk Powder.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many packets come in this pack?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: This listing includes twelve 1.5 oz seasoning mix packets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use the mix with tomato paste or jarred sauce?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—mix blends with either tomato paste or jarred tomato sauce to make a fuller, seasoned spaghetti sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005406040147,"sku":"B000EMD24K","price":82.12,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-packaging-spaghetti-sauce-mix.jpg?v=1787239279"},{"product_id":"lawrys-mesquite-with-lime-juice-marinade-12-fl-oz-pack-of-6-smoky-mesquite-citrus-grill-marinade","title":"Lawry's Mesquite with Lime Juice Marinade 12 fl oz (Pack of 6) — Smoky Mesquite \u0026 Citrus Grill Marinade","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Mesquite with Lime Juice Marinade is a ready-to-use smoky, citrusy marinade that infuses chicken, pork, steak and vegetables with mesquite wood flavor and a bright lime finish.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring Tex‑Mex barbecue notes to weeknight dinners or weekend grills with this 12 fl oz bottle from Lawry's, offered in a convenient pack of six. Formulated with natural mesquite flavor, real lime juice, and savory spices like chili pepper, paprika and oregano, the marinade is designed to add bold taste quickly — just pour, marinate and cook. It contains no high fructose corn syrup and no added MSG, and it works as a wet marinade, basting sauce or finishing glaze.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long should I marinate meats for the best mesquite and lime flavor?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most cuts, marinate 15–30 minutes to pick up pronounced mesquite and lime notes without changing texture. Thicker steaks or pork chops benefit from 1–2 hours; delicate fish and thin vegetables need only 10–15 minutes. Always refrigerate while marinating and discard leftover used marinade that has contacted raw protein.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eQuick boost: 15 minutes for most chicken and vegetables\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDeeper flavor: 1–2 hours for larger cuts like flank steak\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShort marinate: 10–15 minutes for fish and thin cuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat cooking methods work best with this mesquite lime marinade?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Mesquite with Lime Juice is versatile across grilling, broiling, baking and sautéing. The natural mesquite flavor stands up to high heat on the grill for charred, smoky edges, while oven roasting locks in the lime brightness. You can also brush extra marinade on during cooking as a glaze to intensify color and taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrill: ideal for steaks, chicken breasts and fajita strips\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBake or roast: great for sheet‑pan meals and ribs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSauté or broil: quick sear and finish with a citrusy kick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients give this marinade its Southwest profile?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blend pairs natural mesquite flavor and lime juice with chili pepper, paprika and oregano to create a smoky, tangy Southwest profile. The seasoning mix adds both heat and herbal depth without adding fat. Lawry's recipe also omits high fructose corn syrup and added MSG, focusing on recognizable pantry spices and real fruit juice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural mesquite flavor for smoky backbone\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal lime juice for bright acidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChili pepper, paprika and oregano for Tex‑Mex character\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow else can I use the marinade besides for grilling?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond marinating proteins, this sauce doubles as a finishing glaze, a toss for roasted vegetables, or a flavor booster stirred into stews and soups. It also works as a quick fajita sauce: toss cooked strips with warmed marinade and serve with tortillas. Because it’s low in calories and zero grams of fat per serving, you can use it liberally for flavor without changing macronutrient profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGlaze: brush on during the last minutes of cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetables: toss before roasting for smoky citrus notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSoups\/stews: add a splash for layered Southwest flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks and grillers who want an easy, bold mesquite and lime marinade without complicated prep will appreciate this pack. It's suitable for busy families looking to uplift simple proteins, weekend barbecue hosts aiming for Tex‑Mex flavors, and anyone who prefers a ready-made marinade that delivers smoky, citrusy taste quickly. The six‑pack format is especially useful for meal prepping, small gatherings, or foodservice settings seeking consistent flavor across multiple meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, Distilled Vinegar, Lime Juice, Salt, Spices (Including Chili Pepper, Paprika, Oregano), Sugar, Modified Corn Starch, Garlic, Onion, Caramel Color, Natural Flavor (Including Mesquite Smoke), Potassium Benzoate and Sodium Sorbate (to Protect Quality ) and Xanthan Gum (Thickener).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lawry's Mesquite with Lime Marinade gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Check the product label for current allergen and gluten statements; formulations can change. Contact Lawry's customer service for specific dietary confirmations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this marinade as a sauce after cooking?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — reserve a portion before it touches raw meat for use as a finishing sauce or glaze, or heat unused marinade before serving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005494808659,"sku":"B000EM8UOM","price":94.64,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-mesquite-front-bottle.jpg?v=1787240467"},{"product_id":"lawrys-chili-seasoning-mix-1-48-oz-pack-of-12-ready-to-use-blend-with-cumin-paprika-for-quick-hearty-chili","title":"Lawry's Chili Seasoning Mix 1.48 oz Pack of 12 - Ready-to-Use Blend with Cumin \u0026 Paprika for Quick Hearty Chili","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Chili Spices \u0026amp; Seasonings Mix is a ready-to-use blend of chili peppers, cumin, oregano and paprika that makes hearty, flavorful chili in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you’re feeding a busy weeknight family or spicing up game-day snacks, this 1.48 oz packet from Lawry's gives you a consistent, bold chili base without the guesswork. The mix combines classic Mexican and Southwestern aromatics to produce a savory, slightly smoky profile that works with beef, turkey, chicken or beans. Each pack in this 12-count bundle is portioned for one pound of ground meat, making meal prep predictable and fast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this seasoning to make chili quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStart by browning one pound of ground meat and draining excess fat. Stir in the entire seasoning packet with water, tomatoes and your choice of beans, then simmer until flavors meld—usually 15–25 minutes. The packet is calibrated to give balanced seasoning for a single pound of meat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse one 1.48 oz packet per 1 lb ground meat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd canned tomatoes and kidney beans for a classic chili texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimmer 15–25 minutes for best flavor integration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust thickness with more or less water as desired\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adapt this mix for other proteins or dishes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the seasoning works well with ground turkey, chicken, or plant-based crumbles for lighter options. It also makes a robust topper: spoon it over nachos, fries, baked potatoes, or use it to flavor soups and casseroles. The blend’s cumin, paprika and oregano remain balanced across preparations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwap beef for turkey or chicken with the same packet amount\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse as a chili cheese sauce base for nachos or loaded fries\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd to soups or rice for a quick flavor boost\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix into vegetarian beans or lentils for meat-free chili\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavor profile should I expect from Lawry's chili mix?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning delivers a zesty, savory profile with warm smoky notes and herbal undertones. Chili pepper provides the heat foundation while cumin and paprika add earthiness and depth; oregano contributes a subtle herbal lift. It’s built to be bold enough for classic chili but flexible for customization.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChili peppers for warm heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCumin and paprika for smoky, earthy depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOregano for herbal brightness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks well with additional fresh chilies or hot sauce if you want more heat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and portion the 12-pack for best freshness?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eKeep unopened packets in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight. Once opened, transfer unused powder to an airtight container to preserve aroma and potency. The single-use sizing eliminates the need to measure, helping reduce waste and maintain consistent results over multiple meals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore unopened in pantry or cupboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse an airtight jar for leftover opened mix\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach packet is pre-measured for one pound of meat\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12-count pack is convenient for weekly meal rotation or gatherings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lawry's Chili Seasoning Mix is aimed at home cooks who want dependable, ready-made chili flavor without long ingredient lists—families, busy professionals, tailgate hosts and anyone who likes a quick, hearty meal. It’s also a useful pantry staple for cooks who enjoy modifying base seasonings to create their own signature chili or comfort-dish variations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpices (Chili Pepper, Cumin, Oregano, Paprika), Enriched Wheat Flour (Flour, Niacin, Iron, Thiamine Mononitrate, Riboflavin, Folic Acid), Salt, Onion, Garlic, Cocoa Powder Processed with Alkali, and Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much meat does one packet season?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Use one 1.48 oz packet per 1 pound of ground meat for balanced flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this seasoning for vegetarian chili?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. The mix flavors beans, lentils, or plant-based crumbles the same way it seasons meat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005496938579,"sku":"B01LZ94B76","price":79.9,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-chili-pack-front.jpg?v=1787240560"},{"product_id":"lawrys-mexican-seasoning-salt-free-20-75-oz-no-added-salt-kosher-blend-for-fajitas-meats","title":"Lawry's Mexican Seasoning Salt-Free 20.75 oz — No Added Salt, Kosher Blend for Fajitas \u0026 Meats","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Salt-Free Mexican Seasoning is a 20.75 oz kosher spice blend that delivers authentic Mexican flavors—like ancho chile, cumin and oregano—without added salt, perfect for seasoning meats, vegetables and rice bowls.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring lively, layered Mexican seasoning to everyday cooking with a large, kitchen-ready container. This salt-free mix swaps sodium for concentrated chile, herb and spice notes so you can control seasoning while still getting the zesty, smoky and savory character of Mexico. The 20.75-ounce jar with a dual dispensing lid suits both home cooks and professional kitchens that need a reliable, no-salt option for bold dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors define this Mexican blend?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's blend combines warm, earthy spices and bright herb notes for a balanced, savory profile. Expect toasted cumin and ancho chile for depth, red pepper for heat, and oregano for an herbaceous lift—plus dehydrated vegetables to round out texture and aroma.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAncho chile and red pepper for smoky heat and color\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCumin and oregano for warm, savory backbone\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDehydrated onion\/garlic and other vegetables for aromatic complexity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use this seasoning in everyday recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse it as a direct substitute for pre-salted blends or as a finishing sprinkle to boost flavor without extra sodium. It seasons ground meats, stews and rice well, but it also shines rubbed on chicken, mixed into marinades, or stirred into creamy dips and baked goods for a southwestern twist.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on fajitas, tacos, or grilled vegetables before cooking\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into ground beef\/turkey for burrito bowls and burgers\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into rice, beans, soups, or biscuit dough for bold flavor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWill this seasoning work for reduced-sodium or kosher menus?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—this formulation contains no added salt and is kosher, making it suitable for reduced-sodium plans and many dietary preferences. Because it lacks salt, you control sodium by adding salt later if needed, or you can combine it with other no-salt seasonings for tailored flavor profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added salt, MSG, artificial flavors, or artificial colors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certified—suitable for varied menu needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well with other low-sodium spice blends and citrus zests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much product do I get and is it kitchen-friendly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe container holds 20.75 ounces, a size intended for heavy home use or commercial kitchens. A split lid offers two dispensing methods—shake or spoon—so portioning is quick, tidy and scalable for recipes from weeknight dinners to busy service lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e20.75 oz jar reduces the need for frequent reorders\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSplit lid lets you sprinkle or spoon accurately\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable packaging stores easily in pantry or back-of-house\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Lawry's Salt-Free Mexican Seasoning suits home cooks who want authentic Mexican taste without added sodium, chefs and caterers needing a reliable bulk spice, and anyone crafting low-sodium or kosher-friendly meals. If you want to add smoky chile, warm cumin and bright oregano to fajitas, rice bowls, roasted vegetables, or sandwich fillings while keeping salt levels under control, this large-format blend is designed to be a versatile pantry staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPICES (INCLUDING CUMIN, ANCHO CHILI PEPPER, OREGANO, RED PEPPER), SUGAR, ONION, RED \u0026amp; GREEN BELL PEPPER, TOMATO, GARLIC, CITRIC ACID, SILICON DIOXIDE AND CALCIUM SILICATE (TO MAKE FREE FLOWING), EXTRACTIVES OF LIME \u0026amp; NATURAL FLAVOR\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this seasoning really salt free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Lawry's Salt-Free Mexican Seasoning contains no added salt, MSG, artificial flavors, or colors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How do I store the 20.75 oz container?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Keep it sealed in a cool, dry pantry away from heat and direct sunlight for best freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005541732435,"sku":"B01EXLR1H6","price":83.64,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-mexican-seasoning-front-container.jpg?v=1787241927"},{"product_id":"lawrys-seasoned-salt-garlic-salt-bundle-73-oz-40-oz-33-oz-no-msg-coarse-garlic-savory-blend","title":"Lawry's Seasoned Salt \u0026 Garlic Salt Bundle 73 oz (40 oz + 33 oz) — No MSG, Coarse Garlic \u0026 Savory Blend","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Seasoned Salt and Garlic Salt Bundle pairs a 40 oz Seasoned Salt with a 33 oz Garlic Salt to give your cooking robust, ready-to-use flavor in one pantry-friendly pack.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eKeep two classic blends on hand: Lawry's signature Seasoned Salt offers a balanced mix of salt, spices, paprika, turmeric, onion and garlic with no added MSG, while Lawry's Garlic Salt brings coarse garlic, salt and parsley for bright, savory hits. This 2-pack is sized for frequent cooks, batch meal makers, and foodservice use — designed to season everything from proteins to vegetables, sides and simple weeknight recipes with minimal prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this bundle simplify my everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe two-seasoning set reduces the need for multiple jars and speed-cuts flavoring steps. Shake or blend either bottle into dishes to add finished-seasoning quality without measuring multiple spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason meats before or after cooking to enhance browning and taste.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into meatloaf, burgers or meat mixtures for even seasoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on sides — potatoes, rice, veggies, eggs and fries — for instant flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat are the main differences between the Seasoned Salt and Garlic Salt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeasoned Salt is a multi-spice blend featuring paprika and turmeric plus onion and garlic notes, while Garlic Salt centers on coarse garlic with salt and parsley for a straightforward garlicky profile. Use Seasoned Salt when you want layered savory complexity and Garlic Salt when you want bold garlic forwardness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeasoned Salt: balanced spice blend, subtle warmth from paprika and turmeric, no MSG added.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarlic Salt: coarse ground garlic, salt and parsley for pronounced garlic flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEach bottle is packaged large for frequent use — 40 oz and 33 oz respectively.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use these seasonings for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply either blend as a finishing shake or as an ingredient mixed into recipes. Adjust amounts to taste; both work well as a base seasoning to build on with fresh herbs or sauces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRub on poultry, pork, steak or seafood before grilling for even flavoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into ground beef or turkey for burgers, meatloaf or chili.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on roasted or steamed vegetables, eggs, or popcorn for quick seasoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow long will these large bottles last and how should I store them?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause the bottles are sizeable, they typically last several months in a busy kitchen; longevity depends on frequency of use. Store in a cool, dry cupboard away from direct heat and moisture to preserve aroma and texture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep lids tightly closed between uses to prevent clumping and flavor loss.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAvoid storing above the stove where steam can introduce moisture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse within manufacturer-recommended best-by period for peak freshness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: This Lawry's 73 oz bundle is ideal for home cooks who season often, families who meal-prep in bulk, and small foodservice kitchens seeking reliable, established flavors without the hassle of blending individual spices. If you want two versatile, grab-and-shake seasonings that cover everyday needs — from grilled proteins to quick vegetable sides — this pair provides big value and consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, Sugar, Spices (Including Paprika and Turmeric), Onion, Cornstarch, Garlic, Tricalcium Phosphate (Prevents Caking), Paprika Oleoresin (for Color), Natural Flavor, Soy Lecithin. Sea Salt, Garlic, Salt, Modified Corn Starch, Sugar, Parsley, Natural Flavor and Extractives of Carrot (for Color).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does Lawry's Seasoned Salt contain MSG?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, Lawry's Seasoned Salt in this bundle is made with no added MSG.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use the garlic salt in marinades?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — mix Garlic Salt into marinades or directly into ground meat for bold garlic flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46005634138195,"sku":"B00LQXVN1U","price":95.34,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-seasoned-and-garlic-bundle-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787242322"},{"product_id":"lawrys-salt-free-17-seasoning-20-oz-all-purpose-salt-free-blend-with-toasted-sesame-turmeric","title":"Lawry's Salt-Free 17 Seasoning 20 oz — All-Purpose Salt-Free Blend with Toasted Sesame \u0026 Turmeric","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Salt-Free 17 Seasoning is a 20-ounce, pre-blended mix of 17 herbs, spices and vegetables designed to add bold flavor without added salt.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWhether you're trimming sodium for health reasons or simply want a more nuanced flavor profile, this ready-to-use seasoning replaces salt with a balanced combination of ingredients like toasted sesame seeds, turmeric, basil and red bell pepper. Packaged in a large, user-friendly container with a flip-top lid, the jar is built for busy home cooks and professional kitchens that need consistent seasoning across large batches.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this seasoning add flavor without salt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe blend layers aromatic herbs, toasted seeds and vegetal notes to create depth and savory complexity that people often associate with salted food. By combining contrasting flavors—warm turmeric, sweet red bell pepper, and nutty sesame—the mix delivers a rounded taste that complements many dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e17-component recipe for complexity and mouthfeel\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eToasted sesame seeds add nuttiness and texture\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTurmeric and basil provide warm and herbal backnotes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRed bell pepper contributes brightness and subtle sweetness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich foods benefit most from Lawry's Salt-Free 17?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis all-purpose blend is formulated to enhance proteins, vegetables and grains without overpowering them. It works well as a rub, a finishing sprinkle, or a stir-in for sauces and dressings, making it a versatile pantry staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePoultry: for roasted or grilled chicken with balanced seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeafood: highlights delicate fish without masking natural flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBeef: suitable for lean cuts or mixed into ground beef recipes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetables \u0026amp; grains: boosts roasted veggies, pasta and salads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this container suitable for commercial kitchens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 20-ounce jar was designed with foodservice needs in mind, providing an economical size and dependable dispensing for high-volume use. Its flat-sided bottle stores neatly on a shelf, while the flip-top lid offers two dispensing modes for either measured pours or light sprinkling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge 20 oz capacity reduces frequency of replacement\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlip-top with multiple openings for precise control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDurable packaging engineered for back-of-house handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-mixed for consistent taste across multiple batches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use it to get the best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApply the seasoning early in the cooking process to allow flavors to mellow into the food, or finish with a light sprinkle for immediate aromatic lift. Because it's salt-free, you can add it liberally and still adjust sodium later if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRub onto meats before cooking for an even crust\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into sauces, dressings, or marinades for built-in complexity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle over roasted vegetables or grains as a finishing touch\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCombine with oil for an instant basting or dipping blend\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks reducing sodium, professional chefs scaling recipes, and anyone who wants a dependable, savory seasoning without added salt will find Lawry's Salt-Free 17 useful. It's especially helpful in institutional or catering kitchens where consistent flavor and efficient dispensing matter. If you need a versatile, ready-made blend that brings layered taste to poultry, seafood, beef and plant-based dishes, this 20-ounce container is made to perform.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFeatures: No added salt, no MSG, no artificial colors or flavors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimary ingredients: toasted sesame seeds, turmeric, basil, red bell pepper among others.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePackaging: 20-ounce reusable container with flip-top lid and dual dispensing options.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpices (Black Pepper, Basil, Oregano, Celery Seed, Dill Weed, Sage, Bay Leaves, Turmeric), Garlic, Carrots, Ground Onion, Minced Onion, Citric Acid, Toasted Sesame Seed, Red Bell Peppers, Orange Peel, Corn Starch, Parsley Flakes, and Lemon Peel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lawry's Salt-Free 17 gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Check packaging for current allergen and gluten statements; formulas can change, so verify the label before use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this seasoning in marinades?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — mix with oil, vinegar, or citrus to create instant salt-free marinades and dressings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46006788948051,"sku":"B00838IOUY","price":83.01,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-salt-free-17-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787249493"},{"product_id":"lawrys-mango-habanero-wings-seasoning-mix-21-75-oz-sweet-spicy-dry-rub-and-sauce-base","title":"Lawry's Mango Habanero Wings Seasoning Mix, 21.75 oz — Sweet \u0026 Spicy Dry Rub and Sauce Base","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Mango Habanero Wings Seasoning Mix is a ready-to-use sweet-and-spicy dry rub and sauce base that flavors up to 72 pounds of wings with mango sweetness and habanero heat.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 21.75-ounce container from Lawry's blends fruity mango notes with habanero chile spice to give chicken wings, fried foods and more a craveable balance of sweet and spicy. Designed for both back-of-house efficiency and home cooks who want bold flavors, the seasoning comes pre-mixed so you can sprinkle as a dry rub or combine with water to create a glaze or sauce. The packaging includes a dual-opening lid for either shaking or spooning, and the flat-sided container stacks neatly for storage. The formula is kosher and made without added MSG or artificial flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat dishes work best with this mango habanero rub?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis seasoning is crafted for wings but performs well across a variety of applications. Use it on fried items, roasted proteins, vegetables, and as a finishing sprinkle for snacks and dips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken wings — toss post-fry or coat before baking for consistent flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFried foods — onion rings, fries, and potato wedges pick up bright sweet-heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeafood and tacos — shrimp or halibut benefit from the fruity heat.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDips and sauces — stir into sour cream or mayo to make a mango-habanero sauce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use it: dry rub, wet sauce, or something else?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Mango Habanero seasoning is versatile: use it straight from the bottle as a dry rub, or mix with liquid to form a glaze or dipping sauce. Both approaches deliver the same balanced mango-scalloped sweetness and habanero warmth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDry rub: shake evenly over wings, meats, or vegetables before cooking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWet sauce: whisk with water, oil, or vinegar to make a pourable glaze.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinishing sprinkle: add after frying to retain crisp texture while adding flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBlend ideas: mix with barbecue sauce, crushed red pepper, or honey for custom profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much seasoning will I get from a 21.75-ounce container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe jar's capacity is sized for foodservice and avid home cooks who need larger quantities. One container seasons a substantial volume of food so you can standardize recipes and minimize reorders.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eYields enough mix to flavor up to about 72 pounds of wings when used at typical application rates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eDual-sided lid: shaker for even coverage or spoon opening for measured portions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlat-sided packaging for compact shelving in busy kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-blended formula removes the need to store multiple jars of spices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there any ingredients or dietary notes I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Mango Habanero seasoning is made to deliver bold flavor while meeting common kitchen standards. It contains no added MSG or artificial flavors, and the product is certified kosher.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG and no artificial flavors or colors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher-certified for broad menu use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-mixed blend reduces prep time and ingredient handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse as-is or adjust with other spices to suit your spice tolerance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho this is for: Chefs, caterers, restaurant owners and adventurous home cooks who want a reliable, large-format mango-habanero seasoning that’s easy to use and versatile across wings, fried foods, tacos, and snack items. If you need a shelf-stable, kosher-friendly blend with a memorable sweet-heat profile and convenient dosing options, this Lawry's container is built for regular service use and spirited weeknight cooking alike.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSugar, Spices (Including Paprika, Red Pepper), Corn Maltodextrin, Salt, Onion, Brown Sugar, Citric Acid, Garlic, Corn Syrup Solids, Silicon Dioxide and Calcium Silicate (to Make Free Flowing), Fructose, Lime Juice, Natural Flavor, Extractives of Paprika \u0026amp; Extractives of Rosemary (Antioxidant).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this seasoning as a sauce?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — mix Lawry's Mango Habanero with water, oil, or vinegar to make a glaze or dipping sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many wings does one 21.75 oz container season?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: At typical application rates, one container seasons up to about 72 pounds of wings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007096115283,"sku":"B01LXTCPD0","price":56.41,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-label-mango-habanero.jpg?v=1787255056"},{"product_id":"lawrys-everyday-essentials-spice-variety-pack-10-23-oz-garlic-cayenne-parsley-cinnamon-onion-for-everyday-cooking","title":"Lawry's Everyday Essentials Spice Variety Pack 10.23 oz — Garlic, Cayenne, Parsley, Cinnamon, Onion for Everyday Cooking","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Everyday Essentials Variety Pack is a five-spice set (Garlic Powder, Ground Cayenne Pepper, Parsley Flakes, Ground Cinnamon, Onion Powder) designed to add reliable flavor to a wide range of everyday meals.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis compact 10.23 oz collection gathers five pantry staples that help you season quickly, finish dishes with flair, and simplify meal prep. Each jar targets a common cooking need: savory depth, herb brightness, gentle heat, warm sweetness, or aromatic onion character. The pack saves time hunting for individual bottles and makes it easy to reach for the right spice whether you’re roasting, baking, grilling, or assembling a weeknight dinner.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will these spices change my weeknight cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese five spices cover foundational flavor building blocks, letting you lift simple recipes with small pinches or shakes. Use Garlic Powder and Onion Powder to create savory bases without chopping fresh aromatics, Parsley Flakes for a quick visual and herbal finish, Ground Cayenne Pepper to add controlled heat, and Ground Cinnamon to add warmth and balance to both sweet and savory dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarlic Powder: quick umami lift for sauces, rubs, and mashed potatoes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnion Powder: concentrated onion flavor without prep time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eParsley Flakes: fast garnish that adds color and mild herb notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGround Cayenne Pepper: adjustable spiciness for tacos, chili, wings\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGround Cinnamon: warming sweetness for baking and marinades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat recipes benefit most from this variety pack?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pack is intentionally broad so it supports many common recipes across cuisines. Sprinkle Garlic or Onion Powder into meatloaf, meat rubs, or pasta sauce; use Parsley Flakes on potato salad, garlic bread, and egg dishes; add Cayenne to spicy blends and soups; and stir Cinnamon into oatmeal, baked goods, or barbeque spice rubs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoasted chicken and pork chops: Garlic and Onion Powder for depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTacos, chili, and wings: Cayenne for heat control\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBaked goods and breakfast: Ground Cinnamon for warmth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarnishing and finishing: Parsley Flakes for color\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store and use these spices to keep them fresh?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore the jars in a cool, dry place away from direct heat or sunlight to preserve aroma and potency. Keep lids tightly closed between uses and avoid adding wet utensils to the containers. For best flavor, rotate through older spices and replace if aroma or color fades noticeably.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStorage: cool, dry pantry or cabinet away from the stove\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUsage tip: shake or measure directly into recipes for even distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFreshness cue: replace when aroma lessens or color dulls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want a compact set of dependable seasonings to speed meal prep and broaden flavor options will value this pack. It’s useful for busy families, new cooks stocking a pantry, or anyone who prefers quick, consistent seasoning without fuss. The Lawry's Everyday Essentials Variety Pack is practical for everyday use, gifting for a college student, or supplementing a spice drawer for weekly meal planning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGarlic Powder, Cayenne pepper, parsley, cinnamon, onion powder\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use these spices for baking and savory dishes?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Ground cinnamon suits baking and some savory rubs; garlic, onion, cayenne, and parsley cover a wide range of savory uses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long do these spices stay fresh?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Stored in a cool, dry place, they keep useful flavor for about 12–24 months; replace when aroma or color fade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007370317907,"sku":"B0DKB5FY4D","price":56.46,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-variety-pack-front-label.jpg?v=1787259921"},{"product_id":"lawrys-garlic-salt-with-parsley-coarse-grind-28-oz-seasoning-for-meat-vegetables","title":"Lawry's Garlic Salt with Parsley — Coarse Grind 28 oz Seasoning for Meat \u0026 Vegetables","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Coarse Grind Garlic Salt with Parsley is a ready-to-use 28 oz seasoning blend that pairs coarse garlic, salt and parsley to add bold aroma, texture and savory flavor to meats, vegetables and sauces.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want a single, chef-friendly shaker that brings both garlicky bite and herb-fresh color to everyday cooking, this pre-mixed Lawry's blend saves prep time while delivering consistent results. The coarse grind gives visual texture and a pronounced hit of garlic, while parsley provides mild herbal brightness. Packaged in a 28-ounce container, it’s sized for busy kitchens and home cooks who reach for one dependable seasoning across multiple dishes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this seasoning change everyday recipes?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eUse it anywhere you would use salt when you also want a garlic-forward flavor and a touch of green parsley for appearance and aroma. The coarse particles dissolve during cooking to leave bursts of garlic taste and a subtle herb finish, reducing the need to add separate spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to steaks, chicken, or fish before cooking for immediate savory flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on pasta, potatoes and roasted vegetables for an extra layer of taste and texture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into marinades, sauces and compound butters to amplify overall seasoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this product suitable for professional kitchens and high-volume use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eYes—Lawry's coarse grind formulation was developed with culinary professionals in mind, offering a consistent grind and flavor profile that holds up under repeated use. The 28-ounce container reduces refill frequency and supports back-of-house efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge format minimizes packaging changes and keeps busy stations stocked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-mixed blend simplifies recipes and provides uniform seasoning across batches.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCoarse texture gives visible garnish appeal without extra prep steps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use it to get the best results on different foods?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eAdjust the amount to taste—start conservatively on delicate items like fish and increase for heartier proteins. For roasted and sautéed items, apply before cooking to let flavors meld; for finishing, sprinkle near service for aroma and visual contrast.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProteins: season 10–15 minutes before cooking to allow flavors to penetrate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eVegetables: toss with oil and seasoning prior to roasting for even coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFinishing: a light dusting after cooking adds aroma and texture without overpowering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat ingredients and dietary features does this blend offer?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThe seasoning combines coarse-ground garlic, salt and parsley for a straightforward flavor profile. It is crafted without artificial flavors or added MSG and is labeled kosher, making it a transparent choice for many menus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePrimary components: coarse garlic, salt, and parsley for bold taste and color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo artificial flavors or added MSG—suitable for ingredient-conscious kitchens.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher certified for broader dietary acceptance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lawry's Coarse Grind Garlic Salt with Parsley is ideal for professional chefs, restaurant kitchens, caterers and home cooks who want one reliable seasoning that delivers garlicky punch, herb freshness and appealing texture. If you regularly prepare grilled meats, roasted vegetables, pasta dishes, or prepare large batches for service, this 28 oz container streamlines seasoning while maintaining consistent, restaurant-level flavor and appearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSALT, GARLIC, MODIFIED FOOD STARCH, SUGAR, PARSLEY, PARTIALLY HYDROGENATED VEGETABLE OIL (COTTONSEED\/SOYBEAN), CARROT OIL (FOR COLOR), AND GARLIC OIL.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use Lawry's Garlic Salt with Parsley instead of plain salt?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. It replaces plain salt while adding garlic and parsley flavor—start with less and adjust to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this product contain MSG or artificial flavors?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No. Lawry's Coarse Grind Garlic Salt with Parsley is made without added MSG or artificial flavors.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007673716819,"sku":"B000F2PG16","price":54.24,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-label-28oz.jpg?v=1787267212"},{"product_id":"lawrys-french-fry-seasoning-powder-16-oz-original-blend-with-onion-garlic-no-added-msg","title":"Lawry's French Fry Seasoning Powder 16 oz - Original blend with onion \u0026 garlic, no added MSG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Original French Fry Seasoning is a ready-to-use 16-ounce blend of salt, onion, garlic and spices designed to uplift fries, potatoes and savory dishes with a consistent, crowd-pleasing flavor.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003ePackaged in a convenient flip-top container for easy dispensing, this pre-mixed powder eliminates the need to blend spices yourself while delivering a balanced savory profile that works across kitchens and menus. The mix emphasizes onion and garlic notes with turmeric and chile pepper for color and warmth, and it's formulated without added MSG or artificial colors and flavors. Its 16-ounce size is scaled for food-service use or for home cooks who want a reliable seasoning on hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I apply Lawry's French Fry Seasoning for the best fries?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor oven-baked fries, brush raw potatoes lightly with olive oil, sprinkle seasoning evenly, and bake at 400°F until golden. For deep-fried fries, season immediately after draining oil so the powder adheres while fries are hot and slightly oily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrush fries with oil before seasoning for even coverage\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake or spoon seasoning from the flip-top lid\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason hot fries right after cooking for maximum adhesion\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse sparingly at first, then adjust to taste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat other foods benefit from this seasoning?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeyond fries, the blend works well on roasted or pan-fried potatoes, vegetables, burgers, and even popcorn for an extra savory kick. It can also be stirred into dips, sprinkled over eggs, or used to season breaded items before frying or baking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRoasted root vegetables and squash\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBurgers, sandwiches, and steak finishes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eEggs, breakfast skillets, and cheesy bakes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSnack seasoning for nuts or popcorn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eIs this seasoning suitable for high-volume or professional kitchens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 16-ounce container and flip-top lid are tailored for busy environments where quick, consistent seasoning matters. The pre-mixed formula saves prep time and reduces variability compared to blending spices on the fly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLarge-capacity container for frequent use\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFlip-top lid for fast, controlled dispensing\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReady-to-use blend—no measuring required\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as a convenient alternative to plain salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eAre there ingredient or labeling considerations I should know?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recipe highlights salt, onion, garlic, turmeric and chile pepper and is made without added MSG or artificial colors\/flavors. Always consult the package for a full ingredient list and allergen declarations to match dietary needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG and no artificial colors or flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContains spices like turmeric and chile for color and warmth\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLabel lists full ingredients and any allergen info\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place with lid closed between uses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lawry's Original French Fry Seasoning is ideal for restaurant kitchens, caterers, concession stands and home cooks who want a dependable, flavorful finishing spice that speeds service and enhances fries, potatoes and a wide range of savory dishes. If you want to add a recognizable savory boost without mixing individual spices each time, this 16-ounce container is a practical, time-saving choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSALT, MALTODEXTRIN, SUGAR, ONION, SPICES (INCLUDING CHILI PEPPER AND TURMERIC), GARLIC, AUTOLYZED YEAST EXTRACT, WHEY (MILK), CORN STARCH, NATURAL FLAVOR (MILK), DISODIUM INOSINATE AND DISODIUM GUANYLATE (FLAVOR ENHANCERS), CITRIC ACID, AND EXTRACTIVES OF PAPRIKA\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use Lawry's French Fry Seasoning as a direct substitute for salt?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes — it doubles as a seasoned salt alternative; start light and adjust to taste.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How should I store the 16 oz container?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Keep the container sealed in a cool, dry place and use the flip-top lid to preserve freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007709892691,"sku":"B00IVWV8HS","price":55.15,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-original-french-fry-seasoning-front-container.jpg?v=1787268659"},{"product_id":"lawrys-seasoned-salt-25-less-sodium-36-5-oz-reduced-sodium-all-purpose-seasoning-for-meats-veggies","title":"Lawry's Seasoned Salt 25% Less Sodium 36.5 oz — Reduced-Sodium All-Purpose Seasoning for Meats \u0026 Veggies","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's 25% Less Sodium Seasoned Salt is a lower-sodium version of the classic all-purpose seasoning blend, offering the same savory flavor in a 36.5 oz shaker for everyday cooking.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you enjoy the familiar herby, slightly tangy profile of Lawry's but want to reduce sodium intake, this 25% less sodium formula delivers a balanced seasoning for meats, vegetables, and everyday recipes. Packaged in a large 36.5 oz container, it’s designed for home cooks who use seasoned salt frequently or for foodservice settings that need a dependable, reduced-sodium option.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow can I use this seasoned salt in everyday cooking?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYou can use Lawry's 25% Less Sodium Seasoned Salt anywhere you'd use regular seasoned salt: rub on proteins, sprinkle over roasted vegetables, mix into sauces, or add to marinades. It provides a rounded savory base so you can rely less on extra table salt and still achieve layered flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason chicken, pork, or beef before grilling or roasting for even flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into mashed potatoes, rice, or pasta for quick seasoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on raw vegetables before roasting or air-frying for crisp, seasoned edges.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd to dressings, dips, and marinade bases to deepen savory notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes the 25% less sodium formula change taste or texture?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe reduced-sodium version is formulated to keep the recognizable Lawry’s profile—herbs, spices, and a touch of savory tang—while lowering salt content. Texture remains a free-flowing, fine-grain seasoned salt that blends consistently into recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMaintains herb and spice balance similar to the original Lawry’s blend.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFine, pourable texture that seasons evenly without clumping.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSuitable for dry rubs and wet marinades without altering mouthfeel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGood shelf stability when stored in a cool, dry place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much should I use compared with regular seasoned salt?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBecause sodium is reduced but flavoring components remain, start by substituting this product 1:1 for your usual seasoned salt, then adjust to taste. If you prefer a more pronounced seasoning, add a light sprinkle more rather than increasing plain salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBegin with the same measurement as your standard seasoned salt in recipes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTaste and add increments of 1\/4 teaspoon to reach desired intensity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReduce added table salt elsewhere in the recipe to keep overall sodium lower.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks well in both measured recipes and casual seasoning by hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Lawry's 25% Less Sodium Seasoned Salt in the 36.5 oz size is ideal for home cooks who use seasoned salt regularly, families aiming to cut back on dietary sodium without sacrificing familiar flavors, and small-scale commercial kitchens that want a reliable, lower-sodium seasoning in a bulk-friendly container. It suits anyone seeking an easy, versatile way to add savory depth to meals while managing salt use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, Potassium Chloride, Sugar, Spices (Including Paprika, Celery Seed, Turmeric), Onion, Corn Starch, Garlic, Extractives of Paprika \u0026amp; Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this the same flavor as regular Lawry's seasoned salt?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—the blend aims to keep Lawry's signature flavor while reducing sodium by about 25%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How should I store the 36.5 oz container?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Keep it sealed in a cool, dry place away from heat and moisture to maintain freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46007958634579,"sku":"B0F9VPN6Y3","price":62.78,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-25-less-sodium-front-label.jpg?v=1787275675"},{"product_id":"lawrys-chicken-fajitas-seasoning-mix-1-oz-pack-of-12-smoky-southwestern-blend-pre-measured-pouches","title":"Lawry's Chicken Fajitas Seasoning Mix 1 oz Pack of 12 — Smoky Southwestern Blend, Pre-measured Pouches","description":"\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Chicken Fajitas Seasoning Mix is a ready-to-use blend of paprika, chili peppers, garlic, cumin and herbs that turns plain chicken into sizzling, restaurant-style fajitas in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring bold Southwestern flavor to weeknight dinners with this 1 oz pouch of Lawry's Chicken Fajitas Seasoning Mix, sold in a convenient pack of 12. The mix combines natural spices — including paprika, black pepper, chili peppers, parsley, oregano, cumin, red bell peppers and garlic — for a balanced profile of smoky, savory and mildly spicy notes. It’s formulated to be simple to use whether you’re cooking for one or feeding a family, and it adapts easily to extra vegetables, different proteins or lower-sodium substitutions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this seasoning to make chicken fajitas at home?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing the seasoning is straightforward and fast: brown sliced chicken, sauté onions and peppers, add the seasoning with a bit of water and tomato, then simmer briefly so flavors meld. The mix is portioned to simplify consistency across batches, helping you replicate restaurant-style fajitas without measuring multiple spices.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSauté 1 lb chicken strips with onions and bell peppers until nearly cooked.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd 1 pouch seasoning, 1\/4–1\/2 cup water and 1\/2 cup diced tomato; simmer 3–5 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSpoon into warm tortillas and garnish as desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat makes Lawry's blend different from other fajita seasonings?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's mixes classic Southwestern spices with aromatic herbs to deliver both smoky and herbal layers in a single packet. The inclusion of paprika, cumin and red bell pepper gives a rounded flavor that complements chicken without overpowering it, while garlic and parsley add depth and freshness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBalanced spice-to-herb ratio for versatile use.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNatural spices highlighted for clean flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-measured pouch for consistent results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I customize the seasoning for dietary needs or flavor preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the mix is designed to be flexible. Reduce salt by combining with low-sodium broth or omit added salt entirely, increase heat by adding fresh jalapeño or cayenne, or swap chicken for shrimp, tofu, or steak to suit different diets.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eLower sodium: use water or low-sodium tomato\/broth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eExtra heat: add chili flakes, fresh jalapeño or hot sauce.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eProtein swaps: works with beef, shrimp, tofu or vegetables.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I store the seasoning and what is the pack’s best use?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStore unopened pouches in a cool, dry pantry away from direct sunlight; once opened, seal tightly or transfer to an airtight container for best freshness. The 12-pack is ideal for stocking your pantry for frequent fajita nights, meal prepping for busy weeks, or sharing across households.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKeep in a cool, dry place; avoid heat and humidity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse opened seasoning within months for peak flavor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePack of 12 suits regular meal planning or group meals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want quick, dependable Southwestern flavor without blending multiple spices will appreciate Lawry's Chicken Fajitas Seasoning Mix. It’s a practical choice for busy families, meal-prep enthusiasts, apartment cooks with limited spice cabinets, or anyone seeking an easy way to recreate restaurant-style chicken fajitas at home. Whether you’re feeding a crowd or making a solo dinner, the pre-measured pouch and balanced spice profile make it a simple shortcut to bold, consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSalt, Corn Maltodextrin, Spices (Paprika, Black Pepper, Chile Peppers, Parsley, Oregano, Cumin), Modified Corn Starch, Sugar, Red Bell Pepper, Citric Acid, Caramel Color, Garlic, Natural Flavors, and Soy Lecithin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How many fajitas does one 1 oz pouch season?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 1 oz pouch seasons about 1 pound of chicken, enough for 4 fajitas depending on filling size.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is this seasoning gluten-free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Check the package label for current allergen and ingredient details, as formulations may change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46008034066515,"sku":"B000HZGY08","price":63.06,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-chicken-fajitas-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787278161"},{"product_id":"lawrys-spaghetti-sauce-seasoning-mix-extra-rich-thick-12-pack-of-1-42-oz-packets-romano-italian-herbs","title":"Lawry's Spaghetti Sauce Seasoning Mix, Extra Rich \u0026 Thick, 12-Pack of 1.42 oz Packets — Romano, Italian Herbs","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Extra Rich \u0026amp; Thick Spaghetti Sauce Seasoning Mix is a dry blend of herbs, spices, and Romano cheese designed to create a thick, Italian-style spaghetti sauce quickly when combined with water, oil, and tomato base.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis seasoning mix blends onion, garlic, and real Romano cheese with natural herbs such as oregano, basil, thyme, and parsley to help you build a fuller-bodied spaghetti sauce at home without a long simmer. It comes in single 1.42 oz packets sold here as a pack of 12, and it’s formulated to be mixed with water, oil, and either tomato paste or prepared tomato sauce. You can add browned ground beef, Italian sausage, or meatballs for a heartier result, or a splash of red wine for deeper flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use this mix to make thick spaghetti sauce?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePrepare the sauce by combining the seasoning mix with water, oil, and your choice of tomato paste or sauce, then simmer until it reaches the desired thickness. The included Romano and dried aromatics help deliver savory depth, while simmering concentrates the flavors and thickens the sauce naturally.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTypical proportion: mix packet with specified water and oil per packet instructions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse tomato paste for a quicker, thicker base or canned tomato sauce for a saucier finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSimmer 10–20 minutes to meld flavors and reduce liquid for thickness.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd cooked ground meat or vegetables during simmer for texture and body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors and ingredients will I notice in the finished sauce?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe profile centers on savory onion and garlic with the tang of real Romano cheese and a herbal backbone from oregano, basil, thyme, and parsley. These components produce a familiar Italian-style taste meant to complement tomato rather than overpower it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOnion and garlic provide savory umami foundation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRomano cheese adds a salty, aged, savory note.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOregano and basil offer classic Italian herb character.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eThyme and parsley contribute subtle herbal complexity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I adapt this mix for different meals or dietary preferences?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes — the seasoning mix is versatile. Use it as a base for traditional spaghetti, bake into casseroles, flavor meatballs, or stretch for a vegetarian meatless sauce by adding sautéed mushrooms, lentils, or roasted vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd browned beef, pork, or sausage for a meat-forward ragu.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFor vegetarian options, include sautéed mushrooms, eggplant, or lentils.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into baked pasta dishes or use as a pizza sauce starting point.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSplash in red wine or balsamic for richer, layered notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks who want a reliable shortcut to a thicker, restaurant-style spaghetti sauce without sourcing multiple spices will appreciate this mix. It’s suitable for busy families, weeknight meal planners, or anyone looking to add consistent Italian flavor to pasta, casseroles, and meat preparations. Because it’s a dry mix in convenient single-size packets, it’s also useful for stocking a pantry, meal prepping, or keeping on hand for quick, flavorful dinners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cem\u003eFeatures:\u003c\/em\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMade with natural herbs and spices like basil and thyme\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eFeatures a winning combination of onion, garlic and Romano cheese\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreates thick, flavorful spaghetti sauce in no time\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat with tomato paste or sauce\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eAdd in meat for a heartier dish or red wine for a twist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eModified Corn Starch, Sugar, Salt, Spices (Including Paprika, Oregano, Basil, Parsley). Onions, Garlic, Romano Cheese (Part-skim Cow’s Milk, Cheese Cultures, Salt, Enzymes), Yeast Extract, Natural Flavors (Including Beef and Pork), Disodium Inosinate and Guanylate (Flavor Enhancers), Potassium Sorbate (to Protect Quality), and Caramel Color\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much water and oil per packet?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Follow the packet directions: typically combine the 1.42 oz mix with the specified amounts of water and oil printed on the packet for best consistency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this with store-bought tomato sauce?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Mix with tomato sauce for a saucier texture or tomato paste to create a thicker, more concentrated spaghetti sauce.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46008152293459,"sku":"B01LYXGNN1","price":59.85,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-front-packaging-spaghetti-sauce-mix_717d22a2-0d47-4539-9a19-c3019c8c7fe6.jpg?v=1787281171"},{"product_id":"lawrys-steak-chop-marinade-garlic-cracked-black-pepper-12-fl-oz-pack-of-6-quick-15-minute-tenderizing-sauce","title":"Lawry's Steak \u0026 Chop Marinade — Garlic \u0026 Cracked Black Pepper, 12 fl oz (Pack of 6) — Quick 15‑Minute Tenderizing Sauce","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Steak \u0026amp; Chop Marinade is a zesty garlic and cracked black pepper blend that tenderizes and seasons beef, pork, chicken, and vegetables in as little as 15 minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eIf you want steakhouse-style flavor at home without long prep times, this 12 fl oz bottle from Lawry's delivers a bold mix of garlic, cracked black pepper, mustard, caraway seed and a hint of lemon juice. Designed to be used as a quick wet marinade, brush-on sauce, or finishing glaze, it adds savory depth and helps improve tenderness across a wide range of proteins and vegetables. The pack of six keeps the pantry stocked for weekly grilling, sheet-pan dinners, or last-minute marinades.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this marinade improve flavor and texture quickly?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe recipe combines aromatic garlic and citrus with cracked black pepper and mild tenderizing ingredients to infuse taste and help break down surface proteins. A short 15–30 minute soak lets the flavors penetrate without overpowering the food, and the marinade doubles as a cooking sauce for layered seasoning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e15-minute wet marinade option for fast meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReal lemon juice provides bright acidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarlic and cracked black pepper supply classic steakhouse notes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eWorks as both marinade and brush-on sauce while grilling or roasting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat proteins and recipes pair best with Lawry’s Steak \u0026amp; Chop?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis blend is versatile: it accents beef and pork particularly well, and it also complements chicken, ribs, salmon, and hearty vegetables. Use it for grilled steaks, pan-seared chops, baked chicken, marinated burgers, or roasted vegetable medleys to get consistent results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eTop sirloin, ribeye, flank steak, pork chops, and ribs\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChicken breasts, thighs, or drumsticks for quick grilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSalmon or other robust fish when you want bold seasoning\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePeppers, mushrooms, onions, and root vegetables for sheet-pan meals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow should I use and store the marinade for best results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePour enough marinade to coat the protein, refrigerate while marinating, then cook by grilling, baking, broiling, or sautéing. For storage, keep the unopened bottles in a cool, dry place; refrigerate after opening and use within the timeframe on the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMarinate 15–30 minutes for thin cuts; longer for thicker cuts\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eReserve a small portion of marinade for brushing or finishing (avoid cross-contamination)\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eRefrigerate after opening; follow label for shelf-life guidance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eShake before use to re-emulsify ingredients\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan this marinade be used in different cooking styles and cuisines?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—its robust profile fits American backyard grilling, quick weeknight bakes, and fusion dishes that need a peppery garlic backbone. It pairs well with smoky, citrus, or herb-forward recipes where a punch of savory spice is desired.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGrill for charred, steakhouse flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBake or broil for hands-off dinners\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSauté for quick pan sauces and glazes\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into burger patties or use as a marinade base for skewers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Home cooks and grill enthusiasts who want consistent, restaurant-style seasoning without lengthy prep will appreciate Lawry's Steak \u0026amp; Chop Marinade. It’s suited to families, busy weeknight cooks, and anyone who entertains frequently and wants a reliable way to lift steaks, chops, chicken, and vegetables to flavorful, tender results.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWater, Distilled Vinegar, Salt, Soy Sauce (Water, Wheat, Soybeans, Salt), Modified Corn Starch, Spices (Including Black Pepper, Mustard Seed, Paprika, Caraway Seed, Turmeric), Rice Flour, Garlic, Contains Less than 0.5% of: Caramel Color, Xanthan Gum, Potassium Sorbate (to Protect Quality), Red Bell Pepper, Lemon Juice \u0026amp; Natural Flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How long should I marinate with Lawry's Steak \u0026amp; Chop?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Marinate thin cuts for 15–30 minutes and thicker cuts for up to a few hours; avoid overly long times to prevent texture changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use the marinade for grilling and baking?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes. Grill, bake, broil, or sauté—brush additional marinade on while cooking for extra flavor.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46008206426195,"sku":"B000EM6Q3E","price":76.81,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-steak-chop-front-label.jpg?v=1787282788"},{"product_id":"lawrys-sweet-basil-citrus-garlic-rub-23-oz-bright-citrus-herb-rub-kosher-no-msg","title":"Lawry's Sweet Basil Citrus \u0026 Garlic Rub, 23 oz — Bright citrus herb rub, kosher, no MSG","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Sweet Basil, Citrus \u0026amp; Garlic Rub is a ready-to-use 23 oz spice blend that adds bright citrus, aromatic basil and savory garlic to roasts, pork, poultry and seafood.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eThis 23-ounce container of Lawry's Sweet Basil, Citrus \u0026amp; Garlic Rub combines orange peel, basil, garlic and complementary spices into a single, chef-ready seasoning. Designed for consistent results in high-volume kitchens, the pre-mixed formula builds a flavorful crust that helps lock in juices and delivers a balanced sweet-savory profile with visual appeal from brown sugar and red bell pepper flakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow will this rub change my grilling and roasting results?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eApplied before cooking, the mix forms a seasoned exterior that enhances browning and concentrates flavor on the surface, improving both taste and texture. It works with dry-heat methods like grilling and roasting, and it can also be used as a finishing sprinkle after pan-searing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCreates a caramelized crust that helps retain meat juices\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOrange peel and citrus notes brighten rich proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBrown sugar adds color and slight sweetness for balanced char\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-mixed for repeatable, restaurant-level outcomes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhich proteins and dishes pair best with this basil, citrus and garlic blend?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis versatile rub complements seafood, pork, poultry and beef, improving both everyday meals and special-occasion roasts. Use it on whole birds, tenderloins, ribs, chops or fish fillets to introduce herbaceous and zesty elements without extra prep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePoultry: rub under skin or on surface for aromatic roast chicken\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePork: excellent on chops, ribs and tenderloins before grilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeafood: brightens salmon, shrimp or white fish with citrus lift\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eBeef: good for crusting roast cuts or finishing steaks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow much do I need and how should I store the 23 oz container?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 23-ounce tub is sized for professional kitchens but works well for avid home cooks who prepare large batches. Apply generously for a pronounced crust or lightly for subtle seasoning; the flip-top lid helps you sprinkle or spoon the exact amount you want while keeping the rub fresh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eUse about 1–2 tablespoons per pound for robust flavor on meats\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSmaller pinches work for seafood or delicate proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStore in a cool, dry place with the flip-top closed to preserve aroma\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eContainer fits easily in a chef’s hand for quick dispensing during service\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eDoes this product meet dietary and quality expectations for commercial kitchens?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLawry's Sweet Basil Rub was formulated for foodservice settings and adheres to common kitchen quality standards. The blend is certified kosher and contains no added MSG or artificial colors and flavors from artificial sources, making it suitable for many menus.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eKosher-certified for broader menu compliance\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eNo added MSG and free of artificial colors and flavors\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003ePre-mixed to reduce prep time and ensure batch-to-batch consistency\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003e23-ounce size supports high-volume seasoning needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for? Chefs, caterers and serious home cooks who want a reliable, time-saving dry rub that brings citrus brightness, herb aroma and savory garlic to a variety of proteins will appreciate this 23 oz Lawry's blend. It’s ideal for busy kitchens that need consistent flavor, for those updating menus with herb-forward options, or anyone seeking a single seasoning to streamline prep while maintaining a restaurant-quality finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSALT, SPICES (INCLUDING BASIL), ONION, GARLIC, SUGAR, RED BELL PEPPER, PAPRIKA, CARROT, AND ORANGE PEEL\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Is Lawry's Sweet Basil Rub gluten free?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: The product label does not state gluten-free; check packaging or contact Lawry's for current allergen information.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Can I use this rub as a marinade substitute?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: Yes—apply dry before cooking for crusting, or mix with oil\/lemon juice to make a quick marinade.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46008217043027,"sku":"B00LA7GBNW","price":62.61,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-sweet-basil-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787283040"},{"product_id":"lawrys-fajitas-seasoning-mix-pack-of-12-1-27-oz-single-serve-packets-zesty-lime-chili-flavor","title":"Lawry's Fajitas Seasoning Mix Pack of 12 — 1.27 oz Single-Serve Packets, Zesty Lime \u0026 Chili Flavor","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLawry's Fajitas Seasoning Mix is a ready-to-use, zesty blend of black pepper, chili, oregano, cumin, garlic and a hint of lime designed to turn steak, chicken or turkey and sautéed vegetables into sizzling restaurant-style fajitas in minutes.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eBring the flavors of the Southwest to your kitchen without hunting through the spice rack. This 1.27 oz packet contains a balanced mix of natural spices and citrus notes that season proteins and vegetables quickly, delivering consistent results whether you’re feeding two or a small crowd. Sold as a convenient pack of 12, these single-serving mixes are shelf-stable, mess-free, and ideal for busy weeknights, meal prep, or casting a familiar flavor profile over new recipes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow do I use Lawry's Fajitas Seasoning Mix to make dinner faster?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing the seasoning is simple and reduces prep time: season your protein and sauté vegetables, then combine to finish on the stove for quick assembly. No need to measure multiple spices—one packet gives a balanced flavor each time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSeason 1–1.5 lb of steak, chicken, or ground turkey per packet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSauté peppers and onions in oil until tender, then add seasoned protein and cook through.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSqueeze a little fresh lime or add a splash of water to form a light pan sauce if desired.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eWhat flavors will I taste and which ingredients stand out?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe profile blends warm, earthy spices with bright citrus for a layered fajita experience. Chili and black pepper provide heat and depth, while oregano and cumin add classic Southwestern aromatics and garlic rounds out the savory backbone.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eChili pepper for subtle heat and color.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCumin and oregano for smoky, herbal notes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGarlic for savory depth and lime for a refreshing finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eCan I use this mix for other recipes besides fajitas?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eYes—the seasoning is versatile and pairs well with many proteins, vegetables, and even dips. Use it to boost tacos, roasted vegetables, grilled shrimp, or layered party dips for a quick Southwestern kick.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eSprinkle on roasted potatoes or vegetables before baking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eMix into sour cream or cream cheese for an easy dip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eStir into ground meat for tacos, nachos, or stuffed peppers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHow does this pack fit into meal prep and pantry organization?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndividually portioned packets simplify batch cooking and shopping: each packet seasons a standard protein amount, so you can stock up without bulky bottles. The pack of 12 gives enough mixes for multiple meals or to keep on hand for guests and quick weeknight dinners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eOne packet per 1–1.5 lb of protein for predictable seasoning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eCompact packets free up pantry shelf space versus jars.\u003c\/li\u003e\n  \u003cli\u003eGreat for packed lunches, meal kits, or camping where lightweight seasoning matters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eWho is this for: Home cooks who want consistent restaurant-style fajita flavor with minimal effort, busy families looking to speed up weeknight dinners, and anyone who enjoys Southwestern seasoning without blending multiple spices. Lawry's Fajitas Seasoning Mix is also a practical choice for small households, meal-preppers, and hosts who need convenient, crowd-pleasing seasoning options. If you want a quick, flavorful way to upgrade proteins and vegetables with a reliable spice profile, this pack of 12 single-use mixes is a convenient pantry staple.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIngredients\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorn Maltodextrin, Salt, Modified Corn Starch, Sugar, Spices (Including Black Pepper, Chili Pepper, Red Pepper), Citric Acid, Caramel Color, Garlic, Natural Flavor, and Soy Lecithin.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"product-faq-snippet\"\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFAQ\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: How much meat does one packet season?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: One 1.27 oz packet seasons about 1 to 1.5 pounds of meat or a similar amount of vegetables.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"faq-item\"\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-q\"\u003eQ: Does this mix contain MSG?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"faq-a\"\u003eA: No, Lawry's Fajitas Seasoning Mix is made with natural spices and contains no MSG.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Lawry's","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46008358142035,"sku":"B01M0VFR4S","price":57.0,"currency_code":"CAD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0732\/9949\/2947\/files\/lawrys-fajitas-front-packaging.jpg?v=1787285293"}],"url":"https:\/\/spicestosnacks.ca\/collections\/brand-lawry-s.oembed","provider":"Spices To Snacks","version":"1.0","type":"link"}